ShadowHaven Reloaded - User contributions [en]

Test page

2021-08-30T01:56:32Z

User:

Testing 1234
1234

File:Sahale.jpg

2021-08-30T01:45:09Z

User:

Sahalé

2021-08-30T01:33:03Z

User:

{{ContactInfobox|

|Image=[[File:Sahale.jpg|300px]]


|Profession=Travel Facilitator and Fixer


|Shortblurb1=
|Shortblurb2=
|Shortblurb3= (Custom Array Fixer - G,N,K,A)


|OwnersRedditName=Dejapes


|Connection=4


|Archetype=Fixer(G,N,K,A)


|Location=Bellingham, Salish-Shidhe Council
|Metatype=Human
|AwakenedEmergedOrMundane=Mundane
|Gender=She/Her
|PreferredPayment=Nuyen
|HobbiesOrVice=Baseball
|PersonalLife=Married
|Faction=Independent


|Age={{Age|
|Month=6
|Day=13
|Year=2052
|}}

}}

==Overview==

Sahalé Peterson maintains her surname - a Christian imposition on her ancestors - purely for the sake of making paperwork with the UCAS convenient. For the most part, she simply goes by Sahalé or 'White Owl.'

Taciturn about her past, Sahalé sits in the grey area between legality and the shadows. In polite society, she maintains a conventional business that networks local tour guide services with international travelers. But to the shadows, she is a peddler in false credentials, fake SINs, and plausible alibis. Rumor has it that she has government connections among the tribes comprising the Salish-Shidhe Council, who see merit in having a back channel of communication to Seattle's runner community. Regardless of the truth of the matter, she offers the services of both a fixer and a purveyor of illegal documents.

==Appearance==

Rarely seen in person, Sahalé maintains the matrix persona of a white owl with golden eyes and iron talons. In meatspace, she is a woman of middling height, brown eyes, a tawny complexion, and slightly wavy black hair. She enjoys the bold strokes of white and black Salish facepaint, but in her case the traditional charcoal and chalk have been replaced with the convenience and clean lines of more modern cosmetics. Her manner of dress frequently combines the formality of a business suit with the flourishes of bison bone jewelry, painted beads, and a hairpin decorated with a tuft of pale owl feathers.

==Personality==

Sahalé is brisk and well-spoken, employing the kind of confident diction one might expect of a keynote speaker at a business convention. She accepts the pretenses and norms of the shadow community only begrudgingly, preferring proper names instead of common jargon such as 'Johnson' and 'OpFor.' Regardless, she will use the appropriate terminology when operational security is an issue.

Sahalé will pay lipservice to the general anti-corp sentiment common among runners, but is ill-inclined to raise the subject of politics herself. Regardless of her true convictions, she will stand by her runners and advocate for them when the chips are down.

The woman has a strange affection for baseball, and is an avid fan of the Seattle Mariners.

==Aspects Description==

{{AspectTable|



{{PositiveAspect|
|Aspect=Here is Your Passport
|Description=+2 to Gear Acquisition Checks involving fake SINs and associated licenses.
|}}
{{PositiveAspect|
|Aspect=Laws are Guidelines
|Description=+2 to Gear Acquisition Checks involving Forbidden availability gear.
|}}
{{PositiveAspect|
|Aspect=Professional Fence
|Description=+2 to Fencing Checks when selling gear.
|}}
{{PositiveAspect|
|Aspect=A Community of Movers
|Description=+2 to Networking Checks involving the smuggling business in and around Seattle and Bellingham.
|}}
{{PositiveAspect|
|Aspect=Home Stretch
|Description=+2 to Networking Checks involving North American Major League Baseball.
|}}



}}


==Dicepools==
{{ContactDicepools}}


==Network==
===Player Characters with this Contact===
{{ContactPlayerConnections}}


===NPC who know this contact===

==Narrative Significant Runs==
{{ContactRuns}}

[[Category:Contacts]]
[[Category:Public Contacts]]

Test page

2021-08-30T01:27:20Z

User: Created page with "Testing 1234"

Testing 1234

Module:WPMILHIST Infobox style/doc

2021-08-10T02:01:12Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{Module rating|protected}}

== Usage ==
This module is invoked by {{tl|WPMILHIST Infobox style}}; see template documentation for usage.

Used also as a meta-module in [[Module:Military navigation]] in the following manner:

<syntaxhighlight lang='lua'> local styles = require('Module:WPMILHIST Infobox style') </syntaxhighlight>

<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | |


}}</includeonly>

Module:Message box/configuration

2021-08-10T02:01:12Z

User: 1 revision imported

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Message box configuration --
-- --
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return {
ambox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'ambox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'ambox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'ambox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'ambox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'ambox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'ambox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'ambox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'},
allowSmall = true,
smallParam = 'left',
smallClass = 'mbox-small-left',
substCheck = true,
classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageCheckBlank = true,
imageSmallSize = '20x20px',
imageCellDiv = true,
useCollapsibleTextFields = true,
imageRightNone = true,
sectionDefault = 'article',
allowMainspaceCategories = true,
templateCategory = 'Article message templates',
templateCategoryRequireName = true,
templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters',
templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'},
removalNotice = '[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]'
},

cmbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'cmbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'cmbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'cmbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'cmbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'cmbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'cmbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'cmbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'cmbox'},
imageEmptyCell = true
},

fmbox = {
types = {
warning = {
class = 'fmbox-warning',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
editnotice = {
class = 'fmbox-editnotice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
},
system = {
class = 'fmbox-system',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'system',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'fmbox'},
imageEmptyCell = false,
imageRightNone = false
},

imbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'imbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'imbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'imbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'imbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'imbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'imbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
license = {
class = 'imbox-license licensetpl',
image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this
},
featured = {
class = 'imbox-featured',
image = 'Cscr-featured.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'imbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'imbox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
below = true,
templateCategory = 'File message boxes'
},

ombox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'ombox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'ombox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'ombox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'ombox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'ombox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'ombox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'ombox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'ombox'},
allowSmall = true,
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageRightNone = true
},

tmbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'tmbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'tmbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'tmbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'tmbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'tmbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'tmbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'tmbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'tmbox'},
allowSmall = true,
imageRightNone = true,
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageEmptyCellStyle = true,
templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes'
}
}

Module:Documentation/styles.css

2021-08-10T02:01:11Z

User: 1 revision imported

/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
.documentation,
.documentation-metadata {
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1;
background-color: #ecfcf4;
clear: both;
}

.documentation {
margin: 1em 0 0 0;
padding: 1em;
}

.documentation-metadata {
margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */
font-style: italic;
padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */
}

.documentation-startbox {
padding-bottom: 3px;
border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa;
margin-bottom: 1ex;
}

.documentation-heading {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 125%;
}

.documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */
clear: both;
}

.documentation-toolbar {
font-style: normal;
font-size: 85%;
}

Module:Protection banner/config

2021-08-10T01:28:37Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].

return {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- BANNER DATA
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- Banner data consists of six fields:
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection
-- banners.
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used
-- to explain the details of the protection.
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small
-- padlock icon.
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip
-- text for the large protection banners.
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock
-- icons.
--
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.
--
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name
-- enclosed in curly braces).
--
-- Available parameters:
--
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the
-- display message "current-version-edit-display" or
-- "current-version-move-display".
--
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.
--
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus."
--
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection
-- action and protection level.
--
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry
-- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY."
--
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.
--
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template".
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.
-- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled"
--
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the
-- template.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or
-- "semi-protected".
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,
-- depending on the protection action.
--
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links
-- straight to that talk page section.
--
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to
-- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY".
--
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)
-- using Module:Vandal-m.
--
-- Functions
--
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.
--
-- For example:
--
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)
-- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then
-- return 'foo'
-- else
-- return 'bar'
-- end
-- end
--
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set
-- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if
-- unspecified.
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware
-- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an
-- infinite loop.
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is
-- protected.
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is
-- temporary.
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection
-- template is incorrect.
--]]

-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or
-- defaultBanners.
masterBanner = {
text = '${INTROBLURB}',
explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}',
link = '${IMAGELINK}',
alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
},

-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection
-- levels.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
defaultBanners = {
edit = {},
move = {},
autoreview = {
default = {
alt = 'Page protected with pending changes',
tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users',
image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
}
},
upload = {}
},

-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.
--
-- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the
-- module documentation.
--
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
banners = {
edit = {
blp = {
description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
.. '|biographies of living persons]] policy',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
.. "|Wikipedia's policy on the biographies"
.. ' of living people]].',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on'
.. ' biographies of living persons',
},
dmca = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation'
.. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital'
.. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content'
.. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under'
.. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content'
.. ' in question.'
if args.notice then
ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: '
.. args.notice .. '.'
end
ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing'
.. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see'
.. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}."
.. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the"
.. " restrictions are withdrawn'''."
return ret
end,
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
},
dispute = {
description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes',
text = function (protectionObj, args)
-- Find the value of "disputes".
local display = 'disputes'
local disputes
if args.section then
disputes = string.format(
'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
protectionObj.title.text,
args.section,
display
)
else
disputes = display
end

-- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.
local msg
if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then
msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.'
else
msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.'
end
return string.format(msg, disputes)
end,
explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes',
},
ecp = {
description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or'
.. ' meets the criteria for community use',
tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is extended-confirmed protected',
alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}',
},
mainpage = {
description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]',
text = 'This file is currently'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from'
.. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed'
.. ' on the [[Main Page]].',
explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high'
.. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.'
.. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">'
.. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,"
.. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,'
.. ' as appropriate.</span>',
},
office = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation',
text = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
.. ' scrutiny of the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
.. ' and is protected.'
if protectionObj.protectionDate then
ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.'
end
return ret
end,
explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this"
.. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do"
.. " so.'''",
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
},
reset = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and'
.. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version',
text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
.. ' scrutiny of the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
.. ' and is protected.',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = ''
if protectionObj.protectionDate then
ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was'
else
ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been'
end
ret = ret .. ' reduced to a'
.. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely'
.. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of'
.. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].'
.. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which'
.. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly'
.. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while'
.. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n'
.. 'Any insertion of material directly from'
.. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as'
.. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly'
.. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the'
.. " same date.\n\n"
.. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override"
.. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page,"
.. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation"
.. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''"

return ret
end,
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
},
sock = {
description = 'For pages protected due to'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]'
.. ' from editing it.',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from'
.. ' editing it',
},
template = {
description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]'
.. ' templates and Lua modules',
text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},'
.. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].',
explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if'
.. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.',
tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
.. ' to prevent vandalism',
alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}',
},
usertalk = {
description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a'
.. ' particular user',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,'
.. ' such as abusing the'
.. ' {{[[Template:unblock|unblock]]}} template.',
explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to'
.. ' make a change or leave a message, you can'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page'
.. '|request an edit]],'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]],'
.. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],'
.. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
},
vandalism = {
description = 'For pages protected against'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = ''
if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then
ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. '
end
return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}'
end,
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism',
}
},
move = {
dispute = {
description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to'
.. ' disputes over the page title',
explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg'
},
vandalism = {
description = 'For pages protected against'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism'
.. ' |page-move vandalism]]'
}
},
autoreview = {},
upload = {}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- GENERAL DATA TABLES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionBlurbs = {
edit = {
default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|'
.. 'protected]] from editing',
autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access'
.. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered'
.. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]',
extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection',
},
move = {
default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]'
.. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]'
},
autoreview = {
default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]'
.. ' users are currently'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]'
},
upload = {
default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Explanation blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk
-- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key
-- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key
-- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key
-- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
explanationBlurbs = {
edit = {
autoconfirmed = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
},
extendedconfirmed = {
default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors'
.. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.'
.. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]'
.. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat'
.. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.'
.. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].'
},
default = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
.. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page'
.. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an'
.. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.'
}
},
move = {
default = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the'
.. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.'
}
},
autoreview = {
default = {
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users'
.. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by'
.. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be'
.. ' reviewed, you may'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].'
},
},
upload = {
default = {
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file'
.. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can'
.. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you'
.. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]'
.. ' that the file be unprotected.'
}
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by
-- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following
-- order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionLevels = {
edit = {
default = 'protected',
templateeditor = 'template-protected',
extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected',
autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected',
},
move = {
default = 'move-protected'
},
autoreview = {
},
upload = {
default = 'upload-protected'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using
-- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
images = {
edit = {
default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg',
extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg',
autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg'
},
move = {
default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg',
},
autoreview = {
default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
},
upload = {
default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg'
}
},

-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef"
-- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set.
indefImageReasons = {
template = true
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Image links
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
imageLinks = {
edit = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full',
templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template',
extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended',
autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi'
},
move = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move'
},
autoreview = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending'
},
upload = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock indicator names
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag
-- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page
-- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with
-- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins.
-- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a
-- protection action name or the string "default".
padlockIndicatorNames = {
autoreview = 'pp-autoreview',
default = 'pp-default'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:
--
-- 1. the expiry date
-- 2. the namespace
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism")
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed")
-- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move")
--
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key
-- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module
-- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the
-- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values
-- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g.
-- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism").
--
-- expiry namespace reason level action
-- order
-- 1 1 1 1 1 1
-- 2 0 1 1 1 1
-- 3 1 0 1 1 1
-- 4 0 0 1 1 1
-- 5 1 1 0 1 1
-- 6 0 1 0 1 1
-- 7 1 0 0 1 1
-- 8 0 0 0 1 1
-- 9 1 1 1 0 1
-- 10 0 1 1 0 1
-- 11 1 0 1 0 1
-- 12 0 0 1 0 1
-- 13 1 1 0 0 1
-- 14 0 1 0 0 1
-- 15 1 0 0 0 1
-- 16 0 0 0 0 1
-- 17 1 1 1 1 0
-- 18 0 1 1 1 0
-- 19 1 0 1 1 0
-- 20 0 0 1 1 0
-- 21 1 1 0 1 0
-- 22 0 1 0 1 0
-- 23 1 0 0 1 0
-- 24 0 0 0 1 0
-- 25 1 1 1 0 0
-- 26 0 1 1 0 0
-- 27 1 0 1 0 0
-- 28 0 0 1 0 0
-- 29 1 1 0 0 0
-- 30 0 1 0 0 0
-- 31 1 0 0 0 0
-- 32 0 0 0 0 0
--
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.
--]]

-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories
-- table.
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {
vandalism = true,
},

-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each
-- namespace number.
categoryNamespaceKeys = {
[ 2] = 'user',
[ 3] = 'user',
[ 4] = 'project',
[ 6] = 'file',
[ 8] = 'mediawiki',
[ 10] = 'template',
[ 12] = 'project',
[ 14] = 'category',
[100] = 'portal',
[828] = 'module',
},

protectionCategories = {
['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages',
['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected main page files',
['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages',
['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages',
['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people',
['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people',
['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute',
['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users',
['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism',
['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories',
['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files',
['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals',
['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',
['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages',
['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates',
['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates
['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people',
['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people',
['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute',
['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users',
['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism',
['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories',
['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected files',
['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates',
['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages',
['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully-protected modules',
['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules',
['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules',
['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages',
['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages',
['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute',
['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism',
['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',
['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates',
['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages',
['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages',
['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files',
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry category config
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection
-- action.
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if
-- an expiry parameter is not set.
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:
-- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and
-- 2) a reason is provided, and
-- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck
-- table.

expiryCheckActions = {
edit = nil,
move = false,
autoreview = true,
upload = false
},

reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {
blp = true,
template = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Pagetypes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value.
pagetypes = {
[0] = 'article',
[6] = 'file',
[10] = 'template',
[14] = 'category',
[828] = 'module',
default = 'page'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Strings marking indefinite protection
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page
-- is protected indefinitely.
indefStrings = {
['indef'] = true,
['indefinite'] = true,
['indefinitely'] = true,
['infinite'] = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Group hierarchy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original
-- group's page editing permissions.
hierarchy = {
sysop = {},
reviewer = {'sysop'},
filemover = {'sysop'},
templateeditor = {'sysop'},
extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'},
autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'},
user = {'autoconfirmed'},
['*'] = {'user'}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the
-- following invocation, and no other template content:
--
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}
--
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between
-- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags.
--
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the
-- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the
-- arguments.
wrappers = {
['Template:Pp'] = {},
['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'},
['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'},
-- we don't need Template:Pp-create
['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'},
['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'},
['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
-- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef
['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'},
['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'},
['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'},
['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true},
['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'},
['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true},
['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'},
['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'},
['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'},
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- MESSAGES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

msg = {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.',
['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},',
['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tooltip blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.',
['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},',
['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Special explanation blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
.. '|consensus]].',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection log display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log',
['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Current version display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title',
['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Talk page
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Edit requests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry date format
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.
['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.
['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates',
['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.
['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End messages
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

Module:Protection banner

2021-08-10T01:28:37Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.

-- Initialise necessary modules.
require('Module:No globals')
local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main
local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need.
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang

-- Set constants.
local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
if cat then
return string.format(
'[[%s:%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
cat,
sort
)
end
end

-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)
if not lang then
lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()
end
local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString)
if success then
result = tonumber(result)
if result then
return result
end
end
error(string.format(
'invalid %s: %s',
dateType,
tostring(dateString)
), 4)
end

local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)
return string.format(
'[%s %s]',
tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),
display
)
end

-- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors,
-- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always
-- including the given node).
local function getReachableNodes(graph, start)
local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}
while true do
-- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating
local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key
if k == nil then
return retval
end
toWalk[k] = nil
retval[k] = true
for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do
if not retval[v] then
toWalk[v] = true
end
end
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Protection = {}
Protection.__index = Protection

Protection.supportedActions = {
edit = true,
move = true,
autoreview = true,
upload = true
}

Protection.bannerConfigFields = {
'text',
'explanation',
'tooltip',
'alt',
'link',
'image'
}

function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)
local obj = {}
obj._cfg = cfg
obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

-- Set action
if not args.action then
obj.action = 'edit'
elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then
obj.action = args.action
else
error(string.format(
'invalid action: %s',
tostring(args.action)
), 3)
end

-- Set level
obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)
if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then
-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat
-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.
obj.level = '*'
end

-- Set expiry
local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title)
if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then
obj.expiry = 'indef'
elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then
obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date')
end

-- Set reason
if args[1] then
obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])
if obj.reason:find('|') then
error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3)
end
end

-- Set protection date
if args.date then
obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date')
end

-- Set banner config
do
obj.bannerConfig = {}
local configTables = {}
if cfg.banners[obj.action] then
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]
end
if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default
end
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner
for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do
for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do
if t[field] then
obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]
break
end
end
end
end
return setmetatable(obj, Protection)
end

function Protection:isUserScript()
-- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page.
local title = self.title
return title.namespace == 2 and (
title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css'
)
end

function Protection:isProtected()
return self.level ~= '*'
end

function Protection:shouldShowLock()
-- Whether we should output a banner/padlock
return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript()
end

-- Whether this page needs a protection category.
Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock

function Protection:isTemporary()
return type(self.expiry) == 'number'
end

function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()
if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then
return ''
end

local cfg = self._cfg
local title = self.title

-- Get the expiry key fragment.
local expiryFragment
if self.expiry == 'indef' then
expiryFragment = self.expiry
elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then
expiryFragment = 'temp'
end

-- Get the namespace key fragment.
local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]
if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then
namespaceFragment = 'talk'
end

-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an
-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its
-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.
local order = {
{val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1},
{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},
{val = self.reason, keypos = 3},
{val = self.level, keypos = 4},
{val = self.action, keypos = 5}
}

--[[
-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,
-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and
-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module
-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the
-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.
-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to
-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the
-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table
-- instead.
--]]
table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3))

--[[
-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value"
-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key
-- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in
-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of
-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the
-- noActive parameter.
--]]
local noActive, attemptOrder
do
local active, inactive = {}, {}
for i, t in ipairs(order) do
if t.val then
active[#active + 1] = t
else
inactive[#inactive + 1] = t
end
end
noActive = #active
attemptOrder = active
for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do
attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t
end
end

--[[
-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a
-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are
-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different
-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key
-- "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix
-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active
-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix
-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and
-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.
--
-- j 1 2 3
-- i
-- 1 1 1 1
-- 2 0 1 1
-- 3 1 0 1
-- 4 0 0 1
-- 5 1 1 0
-- 6 0 1 0
-- 7 1 0 0
-- 8 0 0 0
--
-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set
-- to the string "all".
--
-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.
-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in
-- each subtable.
--]]
local cats = cfg.protectionCategories
for i = 1, 2^noActive do
local key = {}
for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do
if j > noActive then
key[t.keypos] = 'all'
else
local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)
quotient = math.ceil(quotient)
if quotient % 2 == 1 then
key[t.keypos] = t.val
else
key[t.keypos] = 'all'
end
end
end
key = table.concat(key, '|')
local attempt = cats[key]
if attempt then
return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)
end
end
return ''
end

function Protection:isIncorrect()
local expiry = self.expiry
return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory()
or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time()
end

function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()
local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace
return self.level == 'templateeditor'
and (
(action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move')
or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)
)
end

function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()
local msg = self._cfg.msg
local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()}
if self:isIncorrect() then
ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],
self.title.text
)
end
if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then
ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
msg['tracking-category-template'],
self.title.text
)
end
return table.concat(ret)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Blurb class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Blurb = {}
Blurb.__index = Blurb

Blurb.bannerTextFields = {
text = true,
explanation = true,
tooltip = true,
alt = true,
link = true
}

function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
return setmetatable({
_cfg = cfg,
_protectionObj = protectionObj,
_args = args
}, Blurb)
end

-- Private methods --

function Blurb:_formatDate(num)
-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.
lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()
local success, date = pcall(
lang.formatDate,
lang,
self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y',
'@' .. tostring(num)
)
if success then
return date
end
end

function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)
return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])
end

function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)
if not self._params then
local parameterFuncs = {}

parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter
parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter
parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter
parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter
parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter
parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter
parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter
parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter
parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter

self._params = setmetatable({}, {
__index = function (t, k)
local param
if parameterFuncs[k] then
param = parameterFuncs[k](self)
end
param = param or ''
t[k] = param
return param
end
})
end

msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params)
return msg
end

function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()
-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of
-- protection.
local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then
-- We need the move log link.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'move', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display')
)
else
-- We need the history link.
return makeFullUrl(
pagename,
{action = 'history'},
self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display')
)
end
end

function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()
local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request')
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level

-- Get the edit request type.
local requestType
if action == 'edit' then
if level == 'autoconfirmed' then
requestType = 'semi'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
requestType = 'extended'
elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
requestType = 'template'
end
end
requestType = requestType or 'full'

-- Get the display value.
local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display')

return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}
end

function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()
local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry
if type(expiry) == 'number' then
return self:_formatDate(expiry)
else
return expiry
end
end

function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()
-- Cover special cases first.
if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then
-- MediaWiki namespace
return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect')
end

-- Get explanation blurb table keys
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject'

-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any
-- parameters.
local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs
local msg
if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then
msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]
elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then
msg = explanations[action][level].default
elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then
msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]
elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then
msg = explanations[action].default.default
else
error(string.format(
'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"',
action,
level,
talkKey
), 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()
local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if imageLinks[action][level] then
msg = imageLinks[action][level]
elseif imageLinks[action].default then
msg = imageLinks[action].default
else
msg = imageLinks.edit.default
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()
local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes
return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]
or pagetypes.default
or error('no default pagetype defined', 8)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()
local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then
msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]
elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then
msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default
elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then
msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default
else
error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()
local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate
if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then
return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)
else
return protectionDate
end
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()
local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if protectionLevels[action][level] then
msg = protectionLevels[action][level]
elseif protectionLevels[action].default then
msg = protectionLevels[action].default
elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then
msg = protectionLevels.edit.default
else
error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()
local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then
-- We need the pending changes log.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'stable', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display')
)
else
-- We need the protection log.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'protect', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display')
)
end
end

function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()
return string.format(
'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
self._protectionObj.title.text,
self._args.section or 'top',
self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display')
)
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()
return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
title="vandal-m",
args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText}
}
end

-- Public methods --

function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)
-- Validate input.
if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then
error(string.format(
'"%s" is not a valid banner config field',
tostring(key)
), 2)
end

-- Generate the text.
local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]
if type(msg) == 'string' then
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
elseif type(msg) == 'function' then
msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)
if type(msg) ~= 'string' then
error(string.format(
'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"'
.. ' (expected string, got %s)',
tostring(key),
type(msg)
), 4)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- BannerTemplate class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local BannerTemplate = {}
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate

function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)
local obj = {}
obj._cfg = cfg

-- Set the image filename.
local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image
if imageFilename then
obj._imageFilename = imageFilename
else
-- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config,
-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.
local action = protectionObj.action
local level = protectionObj.level
local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace
local reason = protectionObj.reason

-- Deal with special cases first.
if (
namespace == 10
or namespace == 828
or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]
)
and action == 'edit'
and level == 'sysop'
and not protectionObj:isTemporary()
then
-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef"
-- padlock.
obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef']
else
-- Deal with regular protection types.
local images = obj._cfg.images
if images[action] then
if images[action][level] then
obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]
elseif images[action].default then
obj._imageFilename = images[action].default
end
end
end
end
return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)
end

function BannerTemplate:renderImage()
local filename = self._imageFilename
or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default']
or 'Transparent.gif'
return makeFileLink{
file = filename,
size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px',
alt = self._imageAlt,
link = self._imageLink,
caption = self.imageCaption
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Banner class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Banner.__index = Banner

function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
obj.imageWidth = 40
obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.
obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text')
obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation')
obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.
return setmetatable(obj, Banner)
end

function Banner:__tostring()
-- Renders the banner.
makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main
local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2)
local explanationText = self._explanationText
local mbargs = {
page = self._page,
type = 'protection',
image = self:renderImage(),
text = string.format(
"'''%s'''%s",
reasonText,
explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or ''
)
}
return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Padlock.__index = Padlock

function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
obj.imageWidth = 20
obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip')
obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')
obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link')
obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action]
or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default
or 'pp-default'
return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)
end

function Padlock:__tostring()
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
-- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles.
return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{
name = 'indicator',
args = {name = self._indicatorName},
content = self:renderImage()
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p = {}

function p._exportClasses()
-- This is used for testing purposes.
return {
Protection = Protection,
Blurb = Blurb,
BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,
Banner = Banner,
Padlock = Padlock,
}
end

function p._main(args, cfg, title)
args = args or {}
cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)

local ret = {}

-- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its
-- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything
-- for the other action (except categories).
if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or
args.demolevel or
not getReachableNodes(
cfg.hierarchy,
protectionObj.level
)[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)])
then
-- Initialise the blurb object
local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)

-- Render the banner
if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then
ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(
(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)
.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
)
end
end

-- Render the categories
if yesno(args.category) ~= false then
ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()
end

return table.concat(ret)
end

function p.main(frame, cfg)
cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

-- Find default args, if any.
local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()
local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')]

-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a
-- wrapper template.
getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {
parentOnly = defaultArgs,
frameOnly = not defaultArgs
})

-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do
args[k] = v
end
for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do
args[k] = v
end
return p._main(args, cfg)
end

return p

Module:No globals

2021-08-10T01:28:37Z

User: 1 revision imported

local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {}
function mt.__index (t, k)
if k ~= 'arg' then
error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
end
return nil
end
function mt.__newindex(t, k, v)
if k ~= 'arg' then
error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
end
rawset(t, k, v)
end
setmetatable(_G, mt)

Module:File link

2021-08-10T01:28:37Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks.

local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType

local p = {}

function p._main(args)
checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table')

-- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our
-- own function to get the right error level.
local function checkArg(key, val, level)
if type(val) ~= 'string' then
error(string.format(
"type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)",
key, type(val)
), level)
end
end

local ret = {}

-- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer.
local function addPositional(key)
local val = args[key]
if not val then
return nil
end
checkArg(key, val, 4)
ret[#ret + 1] = val
end

-- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name
-- is the same as the argument key.
local function addNamed(key)
local val = args[key]
if not val then
return nil
end
checkArg(key, val, 4)
ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val
end

-- Filename
checkArg('file', args.file, 3)
ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file

-- Format
if args.format then
checkArg('format', args.format)
if args.formatfile then
checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile)
ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile
else
ret[#ret + 1] = args.format
end
end

-- Border
if yesno(args.border) then
ret[#ret + 1] = 'border'
end

addPositional('location')
addPositional('alignment')
addPositional('size')
addNamed('upright')
addNamed('link')
addNamed('alt')
addNamed('page')
addNamed('class')
addNamed('lang')
addNamed('start')
addNamed('end')
addNamed('thumbtime')
addPositional('caption')

return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|'))
end

function p.main(frame)
local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {
wrappers = 'Template:File link'
})
if not origArgs.file then
error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0)
end

-- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up
-- every possible parameter in the frame object.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
-- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in
-- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be
-- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do
-- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]].
if v == '_BLANK' then
v = ''
end
args[k] = v
end
return p._main(args)
end

return p

Module:Effective protection level

2021-08-10T01:28:36Z

User: 1 revision imported

local p = {}

-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
local title
if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
title = pagename
elseif pagename then
title = mw.title.new(pagename)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
pagename = title.prefixedText
if action == 'autoreview' then
local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
level = level and level.autoreview
if level == 'review' then
return 'reviewer'
elseif level ~= '' then
return level
else
return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review
end
elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then
error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 )
end
if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace
if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page
return 'interfaceadmin'
else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page
return 'sysop'
end
elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then
if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page
return 'interfaceadmin'
elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page
return 'sysop'
end
end
if action == 'undelete' then
return 'sysop'
end
local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]
if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then
return 'sysop'
elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page
return 'sysop'
elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif action == 'move' then
local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.
if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif title.namespace == 6 then
return 'filemover'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
return 'extendedconfirmed'
else
return 'autoconfirmed'
end
end
local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)
if blacklistentry then
if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
return 'extendedconfirmed'
else
return 'autoconfirmed'
end
elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason
return 'autoconfirmed'
elseif level then
return level
elseif action == 'upload' then
return 'autoconfirmed'
elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts
return 'user'
else
return '*'
end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
return function(frame)
return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
end
end })

return p

Module:Effective protection expiry

2021-08-10T01:28:36Z

User: 1 revision imported

local p = {}

-- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
local title
if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
title = pagename
elseif pagename then
title = mw.title.new(pagename)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
pagename = title.prefixedText
if action == 'autoreview' then
local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown'
elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then
error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 )
end
local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename)
if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then
return 'infinity'
elseif rawExpiry == '' then
return 'unknown'
else
local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match(
'^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$'
)
if year then
return string.format(
'%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s',
year, month, day, hour, minute, second
)
else
error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp')
end
end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
return function(frame)
return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
end
end })

return p

Template:Pp-template

2021-08-10T01:28:36Z

User: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Module:Infobox military conflict/styles.css

2021-08-10T01:28:36Z

User: 1 revision imported

/* {{pp-template}} */
@media all and (min-width:720px) {
.desktop-float-right {
box-sizing: border-box;
float: right;
clear: right;
}
}

.infobox.vevent .status > p:first-child {
margin: 0;
}

Template:Ombox

2021-08-09T10:32:09Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Module rating

2021-08-09T10:32:09Z

User: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{Module other|{{ombox
| type = notice
| image = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
| pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]]
| alpha | a = [[File:Alpha lowercase.svg|26x26px|link=|alt=Alpha]]
| beta | b = [[File:Greek lc beta.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Beta]]
| release | r | general | g = [[File:Green check.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Ready for use]]
| protected | protect | p = [[File:{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}|autoconfirmed=Semi|extendedconfirmed=Extended|accountcreator|templateeditor=Template|#default=Full}}-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Protected]]
| semiprotected | semiprotect | semi =[[File:Semi-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Semi-protected]]
}}
| style =
| textstyle =
| text = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
| pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|pre-alpha]]. It is unfinished, and may or may not be in active development. It should not be used from article namespace pages. Modules remain pre-alpha until the original editor (or someone who takes one over if it is abandoned for some time) is satisfied with the basic structure.{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true |  | [[Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}
}}
| alpha | a = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in alpha|alpha]]. It is ready for third-party input, and may be used on a few pages to see if problems arise, but should be watched. Suggestions for new features or changes in their input and output mechanisms are welcome.{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true |  | [[Category:Modules in alpha|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}
}}
| beta | b = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in beta|beta]], and is ready for widespread use. It is still new and should be used with some caution to ensure the results are as expected.{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true |  | [[Category:Modules in beta|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}
}}
| release | r | general | g = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules for general use|ready for general use]]. It has reached a mature form and is thought to be relatively bug-free and ready for use wherever appropriate. It is ready to mention on help pages and other Wikipedia resources as an option for new users to learn. To reduce server load and bad output, it should be improved by [[Wikipedia:Template sandbox and test cases|sandbox testing]] rather than repeated trial-and-error editing.{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true |  | [[Category:Modules for general use|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}
}}
| protected | protect | p = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] from editing.{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true |  | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}
}}
| semiprotected | semiprotect | semi = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[WP:SEMI|semi-protected]] from editing.{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true |  | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}
}}
| #default = {{error|Module rating is invalid or not specified.}}
}}
}}|{{error|Error: {{tl|Module rating}} must be placed in the Module namespace.}} [[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{module rating|release|nocat=true|demospace=module}}
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Module other

2021-08-09T10:32:09Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{#switch:

{{#if:{{{demospace|}}}
| {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} 
| {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}}
| module
| other
}}
}}
| module = {{{1|}}}
| other
| #default = {{{2|}}}
}}<noinclude>

{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Module:WPMILHIST Infobox style

2021-08-09T10:32:08Z

User: 1 revision imported

local retval = {
main_box_raw_auto_width = 'border-spacing:2px;',
header_raw = 'background-color:#C3D6EF;text-align:center;vertical-align:middle;font-size:110%;',
sub_header_raw = 'background-color:#DCDCDC;text-align:center;vertical-align:middle;',
header_color = 'background-color:#C3D6EF;',
nav_box = 'margin:0;float:right;clear:right;width:25.5em;margin-bottom:0.5em;margin-left:1em;',
nav_box_child = 'margin:0;float:right;clear:right;width:25em;margin-bottom:0.5em;',
nav_box_wide = '',
nav_box_header = 'background-color:#C3D6EF;',
nav_box_wide_header = 'background-color:#C3D6EF;',
nav_box_label = 'background-color:#DCDCDC;',
image_box_raw = 'text-align:center;border-bottom:1px solid #aaa;line-height:1.5em;',
image_box_plain_raw = 'text-align:center;line-height:1.5em;',
internal_border = '1px dotted #aaa;',
section_border = '1px solid #aaa;'
}

retval.main_box_raw = 'width:25.5em;' .. retval.main_box_raw_auto_width
retval.header_bar = 'style="' .. retval.header_raw .. '"'
retval.sub_header_bar = 'style="' .. retval.sub_header_raw .. '"'
retval.image_box = 'style="' .. retval.image_box_raw .. '"'
retval.image_box_plain = 'style="' .. retval.image_box_plain_raw .. '"'

return retval

Template:Uses TemplateStyles

2021-08-09T10:24:57Z

User: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{#invoke:Uses TemplateStyles|main}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Uses TemplateStyles/example.css|nocat=true}}
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Tl

2021-08-09T10:24:56Z

User: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]]

{{Redirect category shell|
{{R from move}}
}}

Template:Template link

2021-08-09T10:24:56Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Module:Infobox military conflict

2021-08-09T10:24:56Z

User: 1 revision imported

require('Module:No globals')

local infoboxStyle = mw.loadData('Module:WPMILHIST Infobox style')
local templatestyles = 'Module:Infobox military conflict/styles.css'

local IMC = {}
IMC.__index = IMC

function IMC:renderPerCombatant(builder, headerText, prefix, suffix)
prefix = prefix or ''
suffix = suffix or ''
local colspans = {}

-- This may result in colspans[1] getting set twice, but
-- this is no big deal. The second set will be correct.
local lastCombatant = 1

for i = 1,self.combatants do
if self.args[prefix .. i .. suffix] then
colspans[lastCombatant] = i - lastCombatant
lastCombatant = i
end
end

local jointText = self.args[prefix .. (self.combatants + 1) .. suffix]

if headerText and (colspans[1] or jointText) then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:cssText(infoboxStyle.header_raw)
:wikitext(headerText)
end

-- The only time colspans[1] wouldn't be set is if no
-- combatant has a field with the given prefix and suffix.
if colspans[1] then
-- Since each found argument set the colspan for the previous
-- one, the final one wasn't set above, so set it now.
colspans[lastCombatant] = self.combatants - lastCombatant + 1
builder = builder:tag('tr')
for i = 1,self.combatants do
-- At this point, colspans[i] will be set for i=1 unconditionally, and for
-- any other value of i where self.args[prefix .. i .. suffix] is set.
if colspans[i] then
builder:tag('td')
-- don't bother emitting colspan="1"
:attr('colspan', colspans[i] ~= 1 and colspans[i] or nil)
:css('width', math.floor(100 / self.combatants * colspans[i] + 0.5) .. '%')
-- no border on the right of the rightmost column
:css('border-right', i ~= lastCombatant and infoboxStyle.internal_border or nil)
-- no padding on the left of the leftmost column
:css('padding-left', i ~= 1 and '0.25em' or nil)
-- don't show the border if we're directly under a header
:css('border-top', not headerText and infoboxStyle.internal_border or nil)
:newline()
:wikitext(self.args[prefix .. i .. suffix])
end
end
end

if jointText then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:css('text-align', 'center')
-- don't show the border if we're directly under a header
:css('border-top', (not headerText or colspans[1]) and infoboxStyle.internal_border or nil)
:newline()
:wikitext(jointText)
end
end

function IMC:renderHeaderTable(builder)
builder = builder:tag('table')
:css('width', '100%')
:css('margin', 0)
:css('padding', 0)
:css('border', 0)

if self.args.date then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:css('padding-right', '1em')
:wikitext('Date')
:done()
:tag('td')
:wikitext(self.args.date)
end

builder = builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:css('padding-right', '1em')
:wikitext('Location')
:done()
:tag('td')
:tag('div')
:addClass('location')
:wikitext(self.args.place or '{{{place}}}') -- hack so that people who don't know Lua know that this parameter is required
:done()
if self.args.coordinates then
builder:wikitext(self.args.coordinates)
end
builder = builder:done():done()

-- only for "Putsch"
if self.args.action then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:css('padding-right', '1em')
:wikitext(self.args.action and 'Action')
:done()
:tag('td')
:wikitext(self.args.action)
end

if self.args.status or self.args.result then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:css('padding-right', '1em')
:wikitext(self.args.status and 'Status' or 'Result')
:done()
:tag('td')
:addClass('status')
:newline()
:wikitext(self.args.status or self.args.result)
end

if self.args.territory then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:css('padding-right', '1em')
:wikitext('Territorial<br />changes')
:done()
:tag('td')
:newline()
:wikitext(self.args.territory)
end
end

function IMC:render()
local builder = mw.html.create()
if self.args.campaignbox then
-- this should be the same as using {{stack|clear=right|...}}
builder:wikitext(self.frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'stack begin', args = { clear='true'} })
end
builder = builder:tag('table')
:addClass('infobox vevent')
:cssText(infoboxStyle.main_box_raw)
:css('width', self.args.width or nil)

builder:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:addClass('summary')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:cssText(infoboxStyle.header_raw)
:wikitext(self.args.conflict or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text)
if self.args.partof then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:cssText(infoboxStyle.sub_header_raw)
:wikitext('Part of ' .. self.args.partof)
end
if self.args.image then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:cssText(infoboxStyle.image_box_raw)
:wikitext(string.format('%s%s%s',
require('Module:InfoboxImage').InfoboxImage{args = {
image = self.args.image,
size = self.args.image_size,
sizedefault = 'frameless',
upright = 1,
alt = self.args.alt
}},
self.args.caption and '<br />' or '',
self.args.caption or ''
))
end
self:renderHeaderTable(builder:tag('tr'):tag('td'):attr('colspan', self.combatants))
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.combatants_header or 'Belligerents', 'combatant')
-- can be un-hardcoded once gerrit:165108 is merged
for _,v in ipairs{'a','b','c','d'} do
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, nil, 'combatant', v)
end

self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.commanders_header or 'Commanders and leaders', 'commander')
for _,v in ipairs{'a','b','c','d'} do
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, nil, 'commander', v)
end

self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.units_header or 'Units involved', 'units')
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.strengths_header or 'Strength', 'strength')
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.polstrengths_header or 'Political support', 'polstrength')
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.milstrengths_header or 'Military support', 'milstrength')
self:renderPerCombatant(builder, self.args.casualties_header or 'Casualties and losses', 'casualties')

if self.args.notes then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:css('border-top', infoboxStyle.section_border)
:newline()
:wikitext(self.args.notes)
end
if self.args.map_type then
builder:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.combatants)
:css('border-top', infoboxStyle.internal_border)
:node(require('Module:Location map').main(self.frame, {
self.args.map_type,
relief = self.args.map_relief,
coordinates = self.args.coordinates,
width = self.args.map_size or 220,
float = 'center',
border = 'none',
mark = self.args.map_mark,
marksize = self.args.map_marksize or 8,
label = self.args.map_label,
alt = self.args.map_alt,
caption = self.args.map_caption or ('Location within '
.. (require('Module:Location map').data(self.frame, {self.args.map_type, 'name'})))
}))
end
builder = builder:done()
if self.args.campaignbox then
builder = builder:done()
builder:wikitext(self.args.campaignbox .. self.frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'stack end'})
end
return builder
end

function IMC.new(frame, args)
if not args then
args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Infobox military conflict'})
end
local obj = {
frame = frame,
args = args
}

-- until gerrit:165108 is merged, there's still a cap on combatants, but as soon as it merges, we can update this little bit of code to uncap it
-- also, don't try to make this more efficient, or references could be in the wrong order
obj.combatants = 2
for _,v in ipairs{'', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd'} do
for i = 1,5 do
if args['combatant' .. i .. v] then
obj.combatants = math.max(obj.combatants, i)
end
end
end

return setmetatable(obj, IMC)
end

local p = {}

function p.main(frame)
return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles} } .. tostring(IMC.new(frame):render())
end

return p

Module:Documentation/config

2021-08-09T10:23:33Z

User: 1 revision imported

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- Configuration for Module:Documentation
--
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here
-- should be string values.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection template configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['protection-reason-edit']
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].
cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox notice configuration
--
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the
-- messages that the notices contains.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

-- cfg['sandbox-notice-image']
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.
cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other']
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display']
-- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page
-- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'],
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test
-- cases.
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['sandbox-category']
-- A category to add to all template sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext']
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.
cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'

-- cfg['template-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.
cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation'

-- cfg['module-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.
cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation'

-- cfg['file-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.
cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary'

-- cfg['other-namespaces-heading']
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.
cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation'

-- cfg['view-link-display']
-- The text to display for "view" links.
cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view'

-- cfg['edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for "edit" links.
cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['history-link-display']
-- The text to display for "history" links.
cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history'

-- cfg['purge-link-display']
-- The text to display for "purge" links.
cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge'

-- cfg['create-link-display']
-- The text to display for "create" links.
cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Link box (end box) configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb']
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.
cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'

--[[
-- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb']
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the
-- display cfg['create-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Experiment blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-template']
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-module']
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it
-- might look like this:
--
-- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.
--
-- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links.
--
-- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending
-- on what namespace we are in.
--
-- Parameters:
--
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:
--
-- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display'])
--
-- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
-- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display'])
--
-- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary'].
--
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:
--
-- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
-- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the
-- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current
-- namespace.
--]]
cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages."
cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages."

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['sandbox-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.
cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'

-- cfg['module-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.
cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-link-display']
-- The text to display for "sandbox" links.
cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links.
cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "create" links.
cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create'

-- cfg['compare-link-display']
-- The text to display for "compare" links.
cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

-- cfg['mirror-edit-summary']
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the
-- template page.
cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1'

-- cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- The text to display for "mirror" links.
cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror'

-- cfg['mirror-link-preload']
-- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link.
cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Test cases link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['testcases-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.
cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['template-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.
cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'

-- cfg['module-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.
cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-link-display']
-- The text to display for "testcases" links.
cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "edit" links.
cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['testcases-run-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "run" links.
cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['testcases-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "create" links.
cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Add categories blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['add-categories-blurb']
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or
-- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.'

-- cfg['doc-link-display']
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.
cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Subpages link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-blurb']
-- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a
-- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.
--]]
cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.'

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-link-display']
-- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'],
-- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.
--]]
cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1'

-- cfg['template-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.
cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template'

-- cfg['module-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.
cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module'

-- cfg['default-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.
cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Doc link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['doc-subpage']
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.
cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc'

-- cfg['file-docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace.
cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace'

-- cfg['docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.
cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload'

-- cfg['module-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.
cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- HTML and CSS configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['templatestyles']
-- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept.
-- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed.
cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'

-- cfg['container']
-- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the
-- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata
cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container'

-- cfg['main-div-classes']
-- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag.
cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation'

-- cfg['main-div-heading-class']
-- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces
cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading'

-- cfg['start-box-class']
-- Class for the start box
cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox'

-- cfg['start-box-link-classes']
-- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.
-- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]]
cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'

-- cfg['end-box-class']
-- Class for the end box.
cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata'

-- cfg['end-box-plainlinks']
-- Plainlinks
cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks'

-- cfg['toolbar-class']
-- Class added for toolbar links.
cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar'

-- cfg['clear']
-- Just used to clear things.
cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking category configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['display-strange-usage-category']
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).
cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true

-- cfg['strange-usage-category']
-- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.
cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--
-- Don't edit anything below this line.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

return cfg

Module:Documentation

2021-08-09T10:23:33Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This module implements {{documentation}}.

-- Get required modules.
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

-- Get the config table.
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')

local p = {}

-- Often-used functions.
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p
-- table for testing purposes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)
--[[
-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.
-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not
-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'.
-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the
-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.
-- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.',
-- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz."
--]]
local msg = cfg[cfgKey]
expectType = expectType or 'string'
if type(msg) ~= expectType then
error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2)
end
if not valArray then
return msg
end

local function getMessageVal(match)
match = tonumber(match)
return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4)
end

return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal)
end

p.message = message

local function makeWikilink(page, display)
if display then
return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display)
else
return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page)
end
end

p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name
return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort)
end

p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink

local function makeUrlLink(url, display)
return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display)
end

p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink

local function makeToolbar(...)
local ret = {}
local lim = select('#', ...)
if lim < 1 then
return nil
end
for i = 1, lim do
ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)
end
-- 'documentation-toolbar'
return '<span class="' .. message('toolbar-class') .. '">('
.. table.concat(ret, ' | ') .. ')</span>'
end

p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Argument processing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
return function (frame)
local args = getArgs(frame, {
valueFunc = function (key, value)
if type(value) == 'string' then
value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace.
if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then
return value
else
return nil
end
else
return value
end
end
})
return p[funcName](args)
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Entry points
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.nonexistent(frame)
if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then
return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'}
else
return p.main(frame)
end
end

p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main')

function p._main(args)
--[[
-- This function defines logic flow for the module.
-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
--]]
local env = p.getEnvironment(args)
local root = mw.html.create()
root
:wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env))
:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))
:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation-container'
:addClass(message('container'))
:newline()
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation'
:addClass(message('main-div-classes'))
:newline()
:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))
:wikitext(p._content(args, env))
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation-clear'
:addClass(message('clear'))
:done()
:newline()
:done()
:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))
:done()
:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))
-- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'
return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag (
'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles']
}) .. tostring(root)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Environment settings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.getEnvironment(args)
--[[
-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title
-- objects and other namespace- or path-related data.
-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
--
-- Title objects include:
-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)
-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)
-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.
-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.
-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.
--
-- Data includes:
-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.
-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace.
-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.
-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.
-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.
--
-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value
-- returned will be nil.
--]]

local env, envFuncs = {}, {}

-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value
-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions
-- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.)
setmetatable(env, {
__index = function (t, key)
local envFunc = envFuncs[key]
if envFunc then
local success, val = pcall(envFunc)
if success then
env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.
return val
end
end
return nil
end
})

function envFuncs.title()
-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.
local title
local titleArg = args.page
if titleArg then
title = mw.title.new(titleArg)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
return title
end

function envFuncs.templateTitle()
--[[
-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local title = env.title
local subpage = title.subpageText
if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then
return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)
else
return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)
end
end

function envFuncs.docTitle()
--[[
-- Title object of the /doc subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc'
--]]
local title = env.title
local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.
local docpage
if docname then
docpage = docname
else
docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage')
end
return mw.title.new(docpage)
end

function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()
--[[
-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox'
--]]
return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage'))
end

function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()
--[[
-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
--]]
return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage'))
end

function envFuncs.protectionLevels()
-- The protection levels table of the title object.
return env.title.protectionLevels
end

function envFuncs.subjectSpace()
-- The subject namespace number.
return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id
end

function envFuncs.docSpace()
-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the
-- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File,
-- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and
-- /testcases pages in talk space.
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then
return subjectSpace + 1
else
return subjectSpace
end
end

function envFuncs.docpageBase()
-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.
-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local docSpace = env.docSpace
local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name
-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.
return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text
end

function envFuncs.compareUrl()
-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then
local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl(
'Special:ComparePages',
{ page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}
)
return tostring(compareUrl)
else
return nil
end
end

return env
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Auxiliary templates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext')

function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)
local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end
pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care
local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"]
if moduleWikitext then
return moduleWikitext.main()
end
end

function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)
--[=[
-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'
-- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.'
-- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff'
-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases'
-- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes'
--]=]
local title = env.title
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle
and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then
return nil
end
-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text".
local omargs = {}
omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image')
-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like
-- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)."
local text = ''
local pagetype
if subjectSpace == 10 then
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module')
else
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other')
end
local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)
local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
if compareUrl then
local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display')
local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})
else
text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink})
end
-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like
-- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]."
local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then
if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then
local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})
else
local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink})
end
end
-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.
omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category'))

-- 'documentation-clear'
return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>'
.. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs)
end

function p.protectionTemplate(env)
-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- Messages:
-- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template'
-- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'}
local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels
if not protectionLevels then
return nil
end
local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]
local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]
if editProt then
-- The page is edit-protected.
return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true
}
elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then
-- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move
-- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to
-- no move protection at all.
return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
action = 'move', small = true
}
else
return nil
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox')

function p._startBox(args, env)
--[[
-- This function generates the start box.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make
-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox
-- which generate the box HTML.
--]]
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local links
local content = args.content
if not content or args[1] then
-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.
local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
if linksData then
links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)
end
end
-- Generate the start box html.
local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
if data then
return p.renderStartBox(data)
else
-- User specified no heading.
return nil
end
end

function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
--[[
-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'view-link-display' --> 'view'
-- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'history-link-display' --> 'history'
-- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge'
-- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace'
-- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
-- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload'
-- 'create-link-display' --> 'create'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local title = env.title
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not title or not docTitle then
return nil
end
if docTitle.isRedirect then
docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget
end

local data = {}
data.title = title
data.docTitle = docTitle
-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.
data.viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display')
data.editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
data.historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display')
data.purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display')
-- Create link if /doc doesn't exist.
local preload = args.preload
if not preload then
if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
preload = message('file-docpage-preload')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
preload = message('module-preload')
else
preload = message('docpage-preload')
end
end
data.preload = preload
data.createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display')
return data
end

function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)
--[[
-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table.
-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData
--]]

local function escapeBrackets(s)
-- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities.
s = s:gsub('%[', '[') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities.
s = s:gsub('%]', ']')
return s
end

local ret
local docTitle = data.docTitle
local title = data.title
if docTitle.exists then
local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)
local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay)
local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay)
local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay)
ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]'
ret = escapeBrackets(ret)
ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink)
else
local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)
ret = '[%s]'
ret = escapeBrackets(ret)
ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink)
end
return ret
end

function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
--[=[
-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error.
--
-- Messages:
-- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'
-- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation'
-- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation'
-- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary'
-- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation'
-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create'
--]=]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not subjectSpace then
-- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output
-- if an error occurs.
subjectSpace = 2
end
local data = {}

-- Heading
local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.
if heading == '' then
-- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.
return nil
end
if heading then
data.heading = heading
elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace
data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading')
elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading')
else
data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading')
end

-- Heading CSS
local headingStyle = args['heading-style']
if headingStyle then
data.headingStyleText = headingStyle
else
-- 'documentation-heading'
data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class')
end

-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.
if links then
-- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'
data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes')
data.links = links
end

return data
end

function p.renderStartBox(data)
-- Renders the start box html.
-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.
local sbox = mw.html.create('div')
sbox
-- 'documentation-startbox'
:addClass(message('start-box-class'))
:newline()
:tag('span')
:addClass(data.headingClass)
:cssText(data.headingStyleText)
:wikitext(data.heading)
local links = data.links
if links then
sbox:tag('span')
:addClass(data.linksClass)
:attr('id', data.linksId)
:wikitext(links)
end
return tostring(sbox)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Documentation content
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content')

function p._content(args, env)
-- Displays the documentation contents
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local docTitle = env.docTitle
local content = args.content
if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}
end
-- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end
-- of docs are interpreted correctly.
return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n'
end

p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle')

function p._contentTitle(args, env)
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
return docTitle.prefixedText
else
return ''
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox')

function p._endBox(args, env)
--[=[
-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
--]=]

-- Get environment data.
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then
return nil
end

-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end
-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the
-- user, module or template namespaces.
local linkBox = args['link box']
if linkBox == 'off'
or not (
docTitle.exists
or subjectSpace == 2
or subjectSpace == 828
or subjectSpace == 10
)
then
return nil
end

-- Assemble the link box.
local text = ''
if linkBox then
text = text .. linkBox
else
text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]."
if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then
-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.
-- Add sandbox and testcases links.
-- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages."
text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />'
if not args.content and not args[1] then
-- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
-- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,
-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.
text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '')
end
text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template"
end
end

local box = mw.html.create('div')
-- 'documentation-metadata'
box:attr('role', 'note')
:addClass(message('end-box-class'))
-- 'plainlinks'
:addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks'))
:wikitext(text)
:done()

return '\n' .. tostring(box)
end

function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)
--[=[
-- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)".
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'history-link-display' --> 'history'
-- 'transcluded-from-blurb' -->
-- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]]
-- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'
-- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
-- 'create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'create-module-doc-blurb' -->
-- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'
--]=]
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not docTitle then
return nil
end
local ret
if docTitle.exists then
-- /doc exists; link to it.
local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)
local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay)
local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}
local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display')
local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay)
ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink})
.. ' '
.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)
.. '<br />'
elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then
-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.
local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')}
local createDisplay = message('create-link-display')
local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)
ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink})
.. '<br />'
end
return ret
end

function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages."
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff'
-- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'
-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
-- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1'
-- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror'
-- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror'
-- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases'
-- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit'
-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases'
-- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'
-- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'
-- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.'
-- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText
if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then
return nil
end
-- Make links.
local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks
if sandboxTitle.exists then
local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText
local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display')
local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)
local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display')
local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay)
local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
local compareLink
if compareUrl then
local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display')
compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
end
sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)
else
local sandboxPreload
if subjectSpace == 828 then
sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload')
else
sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload')
end
local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload}
local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display')
local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)
local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)})
local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload')
local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary}
if subjectSpace == 828 then
mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary}
end
local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display')
local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)
sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)
end
if testcasesTitle.exists then
local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText
local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)
local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}
local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display')
local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay)
-- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists
if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then
local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display')
local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink)
else
testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)
end
else
local testcasesPreload
if subjectSpace == 828 then
testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload')
else
testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload')
end
local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload}
local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display')
local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)
testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)
end
local messageName
if subjectSpace == 828 then
messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module'
else
messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template'
end
return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})
end

function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- Messages:
-- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc'
-- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'
--]]
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not docTitle then
return nil
end
local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display'))
return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink})
end

function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment

-- Messages:
-- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template'
-- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module'
-- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page'
-- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then
return nil
end
local pagetype
if subjectSpace == 10 then
pagetype = message('template-pagetype')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
pagetype = message('module-pagetype')
else
pagetype = message('default-pagetype')
end
local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(
'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/',
message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype})
)
return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink})
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.addTrackingCategories(env)
--[[
-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment

-- Messages:
-- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true
-- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc'
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
-- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'
--
-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have
-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.
--]]
local title = env.title
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not title or not subjectSpace then
return nil
end
local subpage = title.subpageText
local ret = ''
if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean')
and (
subpage == message('doc-subpage')
or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage')
)
then
ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category'))
end
return ret
end

return p

Module:Citation/doc

2021-08-09T10:23:33Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{Mbox
| type = style
| image = [[File:Imbox content.png|40px|alt=|link=]]
| text = '''{{FULLPAGENAME}}''' is retained for historical and structural reasons; consider using [[Module:Citation/CS1]].
}}
{{oldtfdfull|date= 2018 May 13 |result=Blank |disc=Module:Citation}}
Development of [[WP:LUA|Lua]] support for both {{cs1}} and {{cs2}} began at '''Module:Citation'''. That development was abandoned in 2013 as development of [[Module:Citation/CS1]] began.

Though this module remained unused, it is and has been the root page of the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:PrefixIndex?prefix=Citation&namespace=828 several module subpages that implement cs1 and cs2]. The content of this module was replaced with an error message return as the result of a [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2018_May_13#Module:Citation|2018 TfD]].

Template:Tmbox

2021-08-09T10:23:33Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{#invoke:Message box|tmbox}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Oldtfdfull

2021-08-09T10:23:32Z

User: 1 revision imported

#REDIRECT [[Template:Old TfD]]

Template:Old TfD

2021-08-09T10:23:32Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Unsubst||$B={{Tmbox
| small = {{{small|}}}
| image = [[File:Clipboard.svg|{{#ifeq:{{{small|}}}|yes|30x20|50x40}}px]]
| style = text-align:center
| text = This {{#switch:{{{demospace|{{NAMESPACE}}}}}
| {{ns:Category_talk}} = category
| {{ns:Module_talk}} = module
| template
}} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|([[{{{1}}}]])}} was considered for {{#if:{{{merge|}}}|[[Wikipedia:Merging|merging]]|[[Wikipedia:Deletion policy|deletion]]}}{{#if:{{{merge|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{merge}}}|self|| with [[{{{merge}}}]]}} {{#if:{{{more_merge|}}}| {{{more_merge}}}}}}} on {{#formatdate:{{{date}}}}}. The result of the {{#ifexist:Wikipedia:Templates for deletion/Log/{{#if:{{{link|}}}|{{{link}}}|{{Date|{{{date}}}|ymd}}}}
|'''[[Wikipedia:Templates for deletion/Log/{{#if:{{{link|}}}|{{{link}}}|{{Date|{{{date|}}}|ymd}}}}#{{{talk|{{{disc|{{{discuss|{{{1|Template:{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}}}}}}}}|discussion]]'''
|'''[[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/{{#if:{{{link|}}}|{{{link}}}|{{Date|{{{date|}}}|ymd}}}}#{{{talk|{{{disc|{{{discuss|{{{1|Template:{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}}}}}}}}|discussion]]'''}} was "'''{{{result|keep}}}'''".
}}}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude>

Template:Mbox

2021-08-09T10:23:32Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Template:Date

2021-08-09T10:23:32Z

User: 1 revision imported

{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch:none
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#iferror: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:Y_M_d|{{{1|}}} }} | none }} <noinclude></noinclude>
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#iferror: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#expr: {{{1|}}}+0 }}
|<noinclude></noinclude>
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifexpr: {{{1|}}}+0 > 10000000000000
|<noinclude></noinclude>
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#expr:{{{1|}}}+0}} | {{{1|}}}
| none <noinclude></noinclude>
| <noinclude></noinclude>
}}
}}
}}
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}lc:{{{2|}}}}} | none | asis | link | lnone =none }}
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifexpr: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:Y|{{{1|}}} }} < 1000 | none }}
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:Ynj|{{{1|}}} }}|100031|110031|130031|140031|150031=none}}
|= {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{1|}}}
|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch:{{{2}}}
|link|lnone|l=[[{{{1}}}]]
|{{{1}}}
}}
}}<noinclude></noinclude>
|<noinclude></noinclude>
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:Y|{{{1}}} 2008}}<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#iferror: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifexpr: {{{1}}}>10000000000000 | no }} | }}<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:Y|{{{1}}} 2004}}
|20082004
|<noinclude></noinclude>
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:d|{{{1}}} 2036}}|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:d|{{{1}}} }}
|<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}lc: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:{{{3|}}}|y|L}}{{{2|}}} }}
| lmdy | liso | lymd = [[:F j]]
| mdy | iso | ymd = F j
| ldmy | l = [[:j F]]
| #default = j F
}}|{{{1}}} 2000 }}<noinclude></noinclude>
|<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}lc: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:{{{3|}}}|y|L}}{{{2|}}} }}
| lmdy | liso | lymd
| ldmy | l = [[F]]
| #default = F
}}|{{{1}}} 2000 }}<noinclude></noinclude>
}}
|<noinclude></noinclude>
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#iferror:{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:j|2 {{{1|}}}}}|*D*|{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#iferror:{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:j|2000 {{{1|}}}}}|*D*| }}}}
|<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}lc: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:{{{3|}}}|y|L}}{{{2|}}} }}
| lmdy = [[:F j]], [[Y]]
| mdy = F j, Y
| liso = [[Y|Y-]][[F j|m-d]]<noinclude></noinclude>
| iso = Y-m-d
| lymd = [[Y]] [[:F j]]
| ymd = Y F j
| ldmy | l = [[:j F]] [[Y]]
| #default = j F Y
}}|{{{1|}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude>
|<noinclude></noinclude>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#time:
{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#switch: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}lc: {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:{{{3|}}}|y|L}}{{{2|}}} }}
| lmdy | liso | lymd | ldmy | l = [[:F Y]]
| #default = F Y
}}|{{{1|}}} }}<noinclude></noinclude>
}}
}}
}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Template:Cs2

2021-08-09T10:23:32Z

User: 1 revision imported

[[Help:Citation Style 2|Citation Style 2]]<noinclude>
[[Category:Documentation assistance templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:Cs1

2021-08-09T10:23:32Z

User: 1 revision imported

[[Help:Citation Style 1|Citation Style 1]]<noinclude>
[[Category:Documentation assistance templates]]
</noinclude>

Module:Check for unknown parameters

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent
-- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is
-- not on the list
local p = {}

local function trim(s)
return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
end

local function isnotempty(s)
return s and s:match('%S')
end

local function clean(text)
-- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long.
-- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext.
local pos, truncated
local function truncate(text)
if truncated then
return ''
end
if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then
truncated = true
text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...'
end
return mw.text.nowiki(text)
end
local parts = {}
for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do
pos = remainder
table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '<' .. tag .. '>...</' .. tag .. '>')
end
table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1)))
return table.concat(parts)
end

function p._check(args, pargs)
if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then
-- TODO: error handling
return
end

-- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string
local knownargs = {}
local regexps = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'number' then
v = trim(v)
knownargs[v] = 1
elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then
table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$')
end
end

-- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list
local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank'])
local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional'])
local values = {}
for k, v in pairs(pargs) do
if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then
local knownflag = false
for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do
if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then
knownflag = true
break
end
end
if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then
table.insert(values, clean(k))
end
elseif type(k) == 'number' and
knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil and
( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) )
then
table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v))
end
end

-- add results to the output tables
local res = {}
if #values > 0 then
local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, '

if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then
local preview_text = args['preview']
if isnotempty(preview_text) then
preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text})
elseif preview == nil then
preview_text = unknown_text
end
unknown_text = preview_text
end
for _, v in pairs(values) do
-- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and
-- breaks category links
if v == '' then v = ' ' end

-- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index")
local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v})
table.insert(res, r)
end
end

return table.concat(res)
end

function p.check(frame)
local args = frame.args
local pargs = frame:getParent().args
return p._check(args, pargs)
end

return p

Module:InfoboxImage

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- Inputs:
-- image - Can either be a bare filename (with or without the File:/Image: prefix) or a fully formatted image link
-- page - page to display for multipage images (DjVu)
-- size - size to display the image
-- maxsize - maximum size for image
-- sizedefault - default size to display the image if size param is blank
-- alt - alt text for image
-- title - title text for image
-- border - set to yes if border
-- center - set to yes, if the image has to be centered
-- upright - upright image param
-- suppressplaceholder - if yes then checks to see if image is a placeholder and suppresses it
-- link - page to visit when clicking on image
-- Outputs:
-- Formatted image.
-- More details available at the "Module:InfoboxImage/doc" page

local i = {};

local placeholder_image = {
"Blue - Replace this image female.svg",
"Blue - Replace this image male.svg",
"Female no free image yet.png",
"Flag of None (square).svg",
"Flag of None.svg",
"Flag of.svg",
"Green - Replace this image female.svg",
"Green - Replace this image male.svg",
"Image is needed female.svg",
"Image is needed male.svg",
"Location map of None.svg",
"Male no free image yet.png",
"Missing flag.png",
"No flag.svg",
"No free portrait.svg",
"No portrait (female).svg",
"No portrait (male).svg",
"Red - Replace this image female.svg",
"Red - Replace this image male.svg",
"Replace this image female (blue).svg",
"Replace this image female.svg",
"Replace this image male (blue).svg",
"Replace this image male.svg",
"Silver - Replace this image female.svg",
"Silver - Replace this image male.svg",
"Replace this image.svg",
"Cricket no pic.png",
"CarersLogo.gif",
"Diagram Needed.svg",
"Example.jpg",
"Image placeholder.png",
"No male portrait.svg",
"Nocover-upload.png",
"NoDVDcover copy.png",
"Noribbon.svg",
"No portrait-BFD-test.svg",
"Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png",
"Project Trains no image.png",
"Image-request.png",
"Sin bandera.svg",
"Sin escudo.svg",
"Replace this image - temple.png",
"Replace this image butterfly.png",
"Replace this image.svg",
"Replace this image1.svg",
"Resolution angle.png",
"Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg",
"Insert image here.svg",
"No image available.png",
"NO IMAGE YET square.png",
"NO IMAGE YET.png",
"No Photo Available.svg",
"No Screenshot.svg",
"No-image-available.jpg",
"Null.png",
"PictureNeeded.gif",
"Place holder.jpg",
"Unbenannt.JPG",
"UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg",
"UploadAnImage.gif",
"UploadAnImage.svg",
"UploadAnImageShort.svg",
"CarersLogo.gif",
"Diagram Needed.svg",
"No male portrait.svg",
"NoDVDcover copy.png",
"Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png",
"Project Trains no image.png",
"Image-request.png",
"Noimage.gif",
}

function i.IsPlaceholder(image)
-- change underscores to spaces
image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " ");
assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " ") must not return nil')
-- if image starts with [[ then remove that and anything after |
if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then
image = mw.ustring.sub(image,3);
image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1");
assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1") must not return nil')
end
-- Trim spaces
image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1');
assert(image ~= nil, "mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1') must not return nil")
-- remove prefix if exists
local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases
allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name
allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName
for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then
image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2);
break
end
end
-- Trim spaces
image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1');
-- capitalise first letter
image = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(image,2);

for i,j in pairs(placeholder_image) do
if image == j then
return true
end
end
return false
end

function i.InfoboxImage(frame)
local image = frame.args["image"];

if image == "" or image == nil then
return "";
end
if image == " " then
return image;
end
if frame.args["suppressplaceholder"] ~= "no" then
if i.IsPlaceholder(image) == true then
return "";
end
end

if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,5)) == "http:" then
return "";
end
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,6)) == "[http:" then
return "";
end
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,7)) == "[[http:" then
return "";
end
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,6)) == "https:" then
return "";
end
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,7)) == "[https:" then
return "";
end
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,8)) == "[[https:" then
return "";
end

if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then
-- search for thumbnail images and add to tracking cat if found
local cat = "";
if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 and (mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumb%s*[|%]]") or mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumbnail%s*[|%]]")) then
cat = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images]]";
end
return image .. cat;
elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "{{" and mw.ustring.sub(image,1,3) ~= "{{{" then
return image;
elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1) == "<" then
return image;
elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,5) == mw.ustring.char(127).."UNIQ" then
-- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all
return image;
elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,4,9) == "`UNIQ-" then
-- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all
return image;
else
local result = "";
local page = frame.args["page"];
local size = frame.args["size"];
local maxsize = frame.args["maxsize"];
local sizedefault = frame.args["sizedefault"];
local alt = frame.args["alt"];
local link = frame.args["link"];
local title = frame.args["title"];
local border = frame.args["border"];
local upright = frame.args["upright"] or "";
local thumbtime = frame.args["thumbtime"] or "";
local center= frame.args["center"];

-- remove prefix if exists
local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases
allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name
allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName
for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do
if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then
image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2);
break
end
end

if maxsize ~= "" and maxsize ~= nil then
-- if no sizedefault then set to maxsize
if sizedefault == "" or sizedefault == nil then
sizedefault = maxsize
end
-- check to see if size bigger than maxsize
if size ~= "" and size ~= nil then
local sizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(size,"%d*")) or 0;
local maxsizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(maxsize,"%d*")) or 0;
if sizenumber>maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber>0 then
size = maxsize;
end
end
end
-- add px to size if just a number
if (tonumber(size) or 0) > 0 then
size = size .. "px";
end
-- add px to sizedefault if just a number
if (tonumber(sizedefault) or 0) > 0 then
sizedefault = sizedefault .. "px";
end

result = "[[File:" .. image;
if page ~= "" and page ~= nil then
result = result .. "|page=" .. page;
end
if size ~= "" and size ~= nil then
result = result .. "|" .. size;
elseif sizedefault ~= "" and sizedefault ~= nil then
result = result .. "|" .. sizedefault;
else
result = result .. "|frameless";
end
if center == "yes" then
result = result .. "|center"
end
if alt ~= "" and alt ~= nil then
result = result .. "|alt=" .. alt;
end
if link ~= "" and link ~= nil then
result = result .. "|link=" .. link;
end
if border == "yes" then
result = result .. "|border";
end
if upright == "yes" then
result = result .. "|upright";
elseif upright ~= "" then
result = result .. "|upright=" .. upright;
end
if thumbtime ~= "" then
result = result .. "|thumbtime=" .. thumbtime;
end
-- if alt value is a keyword then do not use as a description
if alt == "thumbnail" or alt == "thumb" or alt == "frameless" or alt == "left" or alt == "center" or alt == "right" or alt == "upright" or alt == "border" or mw.ustring.match(alt or "", '^[0-9]*px$', 1) ~= nil then
alt = nil;
end
if title ~= "" and title ~= nil then
-- does title param contain any templatestyles? If yes then set to blank.
if mw.ustring.match(frame:preprocess(title), 'UNIQ%-%-templatestyles', 1) ~= nil then
title = nil;
end
end
if title ~= "" and title ~= nil then
result = result .. "|" .. title;
elseif alt ~= "" and alt ~= nil then
result = result .. "|" .. alt;
end
result = result .. "]]";

return result;
end
end

return i;

Module:Navbar

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

local p = {}
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbar/configuration')

local function get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template)
local title_arg = 1
if is_collapsible then title_arg = 2 end
if template then title_arg = 'template' end
return title_arg
end

local function choose_links(template, args)
-- The show table indicates the default displayed items.
-- view, talk, edit, hist, move, watch
-- TODO: Move to configuration.
local show = {true, true, true, false, false, false}
if template then
show[2] = false
show[3] = false
local index = {t = 2, d = 2, e = 3, h = 4, m = 5, w = 6,
talk = 2, edit = 3, hist = 4, move = 5, watch = 6}
-- TODO: Consider removing TableTools dependency.
for _, v in ipairs(require ('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray(args)) do
local num = index[v]
if num then show[num] = true end
end
end

local remove_edit_link = args.noedit
if remove_edit_link then show[3] = false end

return show

end

local function add_link(link_description, ul, is_mini, font_style)
local l
if link_description.url then
l = {'[', '', ']'}
else
l = {'[[', '|', ']]'}
end
ul:tag('li')
:addClass('nv-' .. link_description.full)
:wikitext(l[1] .. link_description.link .. l[2])
:tag(is_mini and 'abbr' or 'span')
:attr('title', link_description.html_title)
:cssText(font_style)
:wikitext(is_mini and link_description.mini or link_description.full)
:done()
:wikitext(l[3])
:done()
end

local function make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style)

local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(title_text), cfg.title_namespace)
if not title then
error(cfg.invalid_title .. title_text)
end
local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or ''

-- TODO: Get link_descriptions and show into the configuration module.
-- link_descriptions should be easier...
local link_descriptions = {
{ ['mini'] = 'v', ['full'] = 'view', ['html_title'] = 'View this template',
['link'] = title.fullText, ['url'] = false },
{ ['mini'] = 't', ['full'] = 'talk', ['html_title'] = 'Discuss this template',
['link'] = talkpage, ['url'] = false },
{ ['mini'] = 'e', ['full'] = 'edit', ['html_title'] = 'Edit this template',
['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=edit'), ['url'] = true },
{ ['mini'] = 'h', ['full'] = 'hist', ['html_title'] = 'History of this template',
['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=history'), ['url'] = true },
{ ['mini'] = 'm', ['full'] = 'move', ['html_title'] = 'Move this template',
['link'] = mw.title.new('Special:Movepage'):fullUrl('target='..title.fullText), ['url'] = true },
{ ['mini'] = 'w', ['full'] = 'watch', ['html_title'] = 'Watch this template',
['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=watch'), ['url'] = true }
}

local ul = mw.html.create('ul')
if has_brackets then
ul:addClass(cfg.classes.brackets)
:cssText(font_style)
end

for i, _ in ipairs(displayed_links) do
if displayed_links[i] then add_link(link_descriptions[i], ul, is_mini, font_style) end
end
return ul:done()

end

function p._navbar(args)

-- TODO: We probably don't need both fontstyle and fontcolor...
local font_style = args.fontstyle
local font_color = args.fontcolor
local is_collapsible = args.collapsible
local is_mini = args.mini
local is_plain = args.plain

local collapsible_class = nil
if is_collapsible then
collapsible_class = cfg.classes.collapsible
if not is_plain then is_mini = 1 end
if font_color then
font_style = (font_style or '') .. '; color: ' .. font_color .. ';'
end
end

local navbar_style = args.style
local div = mw.html.create():tag('div')
div
:addClass(cfg.classes.navbar)
:addClass(cfg.classes.plainlinks)
:addClass(cfg.classes.horizontal_list)
:addClass(collapsible_class) -- we made the determination earlier
:cssText(navbar_style)

if is_mini then div:addClass(cfg.classes.mini) end

local box_text = (args.text or cfg.box_text) .. ' '
-- the concatenated space guarantees the box text is separated
if not (is_mini or is_plain) then
div
:tag('span')
:addClass(cfg.classes.box_text)
:cssText(font_style)
:wikitext(box_text)
end

local template = args.template
local displayed_links = choose_links(template, args)
local has_brackets = args.brackets
local title_arg = get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template)
local title_text = args[title_arg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle())
local list = make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style)
div:node(list)

if is_collapsible then
local title_text_class
if is_mini then
title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_mini
else
title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_full
end
div:done()
:tag('div')
:addClass(title_text_class)
:cssText(font_style)
:wikitext(args[1])
end

return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.templatestyles }
} .. tostring(div:done())
end

function p.navbar(frame)
return p._navbar(require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame))
end

return p

Module:Infobox

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

local p = {}
local args = {}
local origArgs = {}
local root
local empty_row_categories = {}
local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]'
local has_rows = false

local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt)
local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end

if notempty(sval) then
local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>'
local s = sval
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker)
if s:match(marker) then
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1')
end
if s:match(marker) then
local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker)
s = ''
for k = 1, #subcells do
if k == 1 then
s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>'
elseif k == #subcells then
local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"'
if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end
s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' ..
subcells[k]
elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then
if (k % 2) == 0 then
s = s .. subcells[k]
else
s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' ..
subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>'
end
end
end
end
-- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser
-- [[Special:Diff/849054481]]
-- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1')
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1')
return s
else
return sval
end
end

-- Cleans empty tables
local function cleanInfobox()
root = tostring(root)
if has_rows == false then
root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '')
end
end

-- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence.
local function union(t1, t2)

local vals = {}
for k, v in pairs(t1) do
vals[v] = true
end
for k, v in pairs(t2) do
vals[v] = true
end
local ret = {}
for k, v in pairs(vals) do
table.insert(ret, k)
end
return ret
end

-- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist
-- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and
-- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}.
local function getArgNums(prefix)
local nums = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end
end
table.sort(nums)
return nums
end

-- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell
-- or a label/data cell combination.
local function addRow(rowArgs)

if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then
has_rows = true
root
:tag('tr')
:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass)
:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle)
:tag('th')
:attr('colspan', '2')
:addClass('infobox-header')
:addClass(rowArgs.class)
:addClass(args.headerclass)
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header
:cssText(args.headerstyle)
:cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle)
:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th'))
if rowArgs.data then
root:wikitext(
'[[Category:Pages which use infobox templates with ignored data cells]]'
)
end
elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(
category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''
):match('^%S') then
has_rows = true
local row = root:tag('tr')
row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass)
row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle)
if rowArgs.label then
row
:tag('th')
:attr('scope', 'row')
:addClass('infobox-label')
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label
:cssText(args.labelstyle)
:cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle)
:wikitext(rowArgs.label)
:done()
end

local dataCell = row:tag('td')
dataCell
:attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil)
:addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data')
:addClass(rowArgs.class)
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data
:cssText(rowArgs.datastyle)
:cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle)
:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td'))
else
table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '')
end
end

local function renderTitle()
if not args.title then return end

has_rows = true
root
:tag('caption')
:addClass('infobox-title')
:addClass(args.titleclass)
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title
:cssText(args.titlestyle)
:wikitext(args.title)
end

local function renderAboveRow()
if not args.above then return end

has_rows = true
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:attr('colspan', '2')
:addClass('infobox-above')
:addClass(args.aboveclass)
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above
:cssText(args.abovestyle)
:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th'))
end

local function renderBelowRow()
if not args.below then return end

has_rows = true
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', '2')
:addClass('infobox-below')
:addClass(args.belowclass)
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below
:cssText(args.belowstyle)
:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td'))
end

local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs)
if subheaderArgs.data and
subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then
has_rows = true
local row = root:tag('tr')
row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass)

local dataCell = row:tag('td')
dataCell
:attr('colspan', '2')
:addClass('infobox-subheader')
:addClass(subheaderArgs.class)
:cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle)
:cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle)
:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td'))
else
table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '')
end
end

local function renderSubheaders()
if args.subheader then
args.subheader1 = args.subheader
end
if args.subheaderrowclass then
args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass
end
local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader')
for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do
addSubheaderRow({
data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)],
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader
datastyle = args.subheaderstyle,
rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)],
class = args.subheaderclass,
rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)]
})
end
end

local function addImageRow(imageArgs)

if imageArgs.data and
imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then

has_rows = true
local row = root:tag('tr')
row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass)

local dataCell = row:tag('td')
dataCell
:attr('colspan', '2')
:addClass('infobox-image')
:addClass(imageArgs.class)
:cssText(imageArgs.datastyle)
:wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td'))
else
table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '')
end
end

local function renderImages()
if args.image then
args.image1 = args.image
end
if args.caption then
args.caption1 = args.caption
end
local imagenums = getArgNums('image')
for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do
local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)]
local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)])
if caption then
data
:tag('div')
:addClass('infobox-caption')
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption
:cssText(args.captionstyle)
:wikitext(caption)
end
addImageRow({
data = tostring(data),
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image
datastyle = args.imagestyle,
class = args.imageclass,
rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)]
})
end
end

-- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows
local function preprocessRows()
if not args.autoheaders then return end

local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data'))
table.sort(rownums)
local lastheader
for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do
if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then
if lastheader then
args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil
end
lastheader = num
elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and
args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub(
category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''
):match('^%S') then
local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)]
if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then
lastheader = nil
end
end
end
if lastheader then
args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil
end
end

-- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers,
-- and renders them all in order
local function renderRows()

local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data'))
table.sort(rownums)
for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do
addRow({
header = args['header' .. tostring(num)],
label = args['label' .. tostring(num)],
data = args['data' .. tostring(num)],
datastyle = args.datastyle,
class = args['class' .. tostring(num)],
rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)],
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass
rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)],
rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)]
})
end
end

local function renderNavBar()
if not args.name then return end

has_rows = true
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', '2')
:addClass('infobox-navbar')
:wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{
args.name,
mini = 1,
})
end

local function renderItalicTitle()
local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title'])
if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then
root:wikitext(mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate({title = 'italic title'}))
end
end

-- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories.
-- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by
-- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories
-- from rendering.
local function renderEmptyRowCategories()
for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do
root:wikitext(s)
end
end

-- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories.
local function renderTrackingCategories()
if args.decat == 'yes' then return end
if args.child == 'yes' then
if args.title then
root:wikitext(
'[[Category:Pages which use embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]'
)
end
elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then
root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles which use infobox templates with no data rows]]')
end
end

--[=[
Loads the templatestyles for the infobox.

TODO: load base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css
We aren't doing it here yet because there are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox
tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :).
When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too.
Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar.

]=]
local function loadTemplateStyles()
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()

-- See function description
-- local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
-- name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.templatestyles }
-- }

local templatestyles = ''
if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] }
}
end

local child_templatestyles = ''
if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] }
}
end

local grandchild_templatestyles = ''
if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] }
}
end

return table.concat({
-- base_templatestyles, -- see function description
templatestyles,
child_templatestyles,
grandchild_templatestyles
})

end

-- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the
-- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox.
local function _infobox()
if args.child ~= 'yes' then
root = mw.html.create('table')

root
:addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox')
:addClass(args.bodyclass)
-- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name>
:cssText(args.bodystyle)

renderTitle()
renderAboveRow()
else
root = mw.html.create()

root
:wikitext(args.title)
end

renderSubheaders()
renderImages()
preprocessRows()
renderRows()
renderBelowRow()
renderNavBar()
renderItalicTitle()
renderEmptyRowCategories()
renderTrackingCategories()
cleanInfobox()

return loadTemplateStyles() .. root
end

-- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table.
-- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions.
local function preprocessSingleArg(argName)
if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then
args[argName] = origArgs[argName]
end
end

-- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in
-- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from
-- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing
-- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a
-- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix"
-- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix
-- parameter is present and non-blank.
local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step)
if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then
error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2)
end
if type(step) ~= 'number' then
error("Invalid step value detected", 2)
end

-- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input.
for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do
if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or
(v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then
error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2)
end
preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix)
-- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present
-- and not blank.
if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then
for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do
if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then
error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs')
end
preprocessSingleArg(dependValue)
end
end
end

-- Get arguments with number suffixes.
local a = 1 -- Counter variable.
local moreArgumentsExist = true
while moreArgumentsExist == true do
moreArgumentsExist = false
for i = a, a + step - 1 do
for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do
local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i)
if origArgs[prefixArgName] then
-- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones.
moreArgumentsExist = true
preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName)
end
-- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present
-- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is
-- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present.
if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then
for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do
local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i)
preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName)
end
end
end
end
a = a + step
end
end

-- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so
-- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that
-- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present,
-- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists.
local function parseDataParameters()

preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders')
preprocessSingleArg('child')
preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass')
preprocessSingleArg('subbox')
preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle')
preprocessSingleArg('title')
preprocessSingleArg('titleclass')
preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle')
preprocessSingleArg('above')
preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass')
preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle')
preprocessArgs({
{prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}}
}, 10)
preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle')
preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass')
preprocessArgs({
{prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}}
}, 10)
preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle')
preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle')
preprocessSingleArg('imageclass')
preprocessArgs({
{prefix = 'header'},
{prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}},
{prefix = 'rowclass'},
{prefix = 'rowstyle'},
{prefix = 'rowcellstyle'},
{prefix = 'class'}
}, 50)
preprocessSingleArg('headerclass')
preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle')
preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle')
preprocessSingleArg('datastyle')
preprocessSingleArg('below')
preprocessSingleArg('belowclass')
preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle')
preprocessSingleArg('name')
-- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent
args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title']
preprocessSingleArg('decat')
preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles')
preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles')
preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles')
end

-- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template.
-- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in.
function p.infobox(frame)
if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then
origArgs = frame:getParent().args
else
origArgs = frame
end

parseDataParameters()

return _infobox()
end

-- For calling via #invoke within a template
function p.infoboxTemplate(frame)
origArgs = {}
for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end

parseDataParameters()

return _infobox()
end
return p

Module:Authority control

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

require('Module:No globals')

local p = {}
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
local namespace = title.namespace
local testcases = (string.sub(title.subpageText,1,9) == 'testcases')

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Category functions ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]

function p.getCatForId( id )
local catName = ''
if namespace == 0 then
catName = 'Wikipedia articles with '..id..' identifiers'
elseif namespace == 2 and not title.isSubpage then
catName = 'User pages with '..id..' identifiers'
else
catName = 'Miscellaneous pages with '..id..' identifiers'
end
return '[[Category:'..catName..']]'..p.redCatLink(catName)
end

function p.redCatLink( catName ) --catName == 'Blah' (not 'Category:Blah', not '[[Category:Blah]]')
if catName and catName ~= '' and
testcases == false and
mw.title.new(catName, 14).exists == false
then
return '[[Category:Pages with red-linked authority control categories]]'
end
return ''
end

function p.createRow( id, rawValues, link, links, withUid, specialCat, prefix)
local catName = 'Wikipedia articles with faulty '..(specialCat or id)..' identifiers'
if links then -- all links[] use withUid = false; no check needed
local row = ''
if prefix then
row = row .. '*' .. prefix
end
for i, l in ipairs( links ) do
if i == 1 and not prefix then row = row..'*'
else row = row..'\n**' end
if l then
row = row..'<span class="uid">'..l..'</span>'
else
row = row..'<span class="error">The '..id..' id '..rawValues[i]..' is not valid.</span>[[Category:'..catName..']]'..p.redCatLink(catName)
end
end
return row..'\n'
elseif link then -- All IDs that have a prefix support multiple identifiers, so prefix is not needed
if withUid then
return '*<span class="nowrap"><span class="uid">'..link..'</span></span>\n'
end
return '*<span class="nowrap">'..link..'</span>\n'
end

return '* <span class="error">The '..id..' id '..rawValues..' is not valid.</span>[[Category:'..catName..']]'..p.redCatLink(catName)..'\n'
end

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Property formatting functions ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]

-- If a link has a suitable entry in the global inter-wiki prefix table at [[:m:Interwiki_map]], please consider routing through this prefix rather than as external link URL. This will ease future maintenance as necessary updates to the link can be centrally carried out there rather than by updating this module. The "external link" icon would disappear for such entries.

function p.aagLink( id, label)
--P3372's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.aucklandartgallery.com/explore-art-and-ideas/artist/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Auckland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AAG' )
end

function p.acmLink( id, label )
--P864's format regex: \d{11} (e.g. 12345678901)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://dl.acm.org/profile/'..id..' '..(label or 'Association for Computing Machinery')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ACM-DL' )
end

function p.adbLink( id, label )
--P1907's format regex: [a-z][-a-z]+-([1-3]\d|[1-9])\d{0,3} (e.g. barton-sir-edmund-toby-71)
if not id:match( '^[a-z][-a-z]+-[1-3]%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and
not id:match( '^[a-z][-a-z]+-[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/'..id..' '..(label or 'Australia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ADB' )
end

function p.agsaLink( id, label )
--P6804's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 3625)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.agsa.sa.gov.au/collection-publications/collection/creators/_/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'South Australia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AGSA' )
end

function p.autoresuyLink( id, label )
--P2558's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,4} (e.g. 12345)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://autores.uy/autor/'..id..' '..(label or 'Uruguay')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'autores.uy' )
end

function p.awrLink( id, label )
--P4186's format regex: (([A-Z]{3}\d{4})|([A-Z]{2}\d{5}))[a-z] (e.g. PR00768b)
if not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d[a-z]$' ) and
not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d%d[a-z]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.womenaustralia.info/biogs/'..id..'.htm '..(label or 'Australian Women\'s Register')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AWR' )
end

function p.bibsysLink( id, label )
--P1015's format regex: [1-9]\d* or [1-9](\d{0,8}|\d{12}) (e.g. 1234567890123)
--TODO: follow up @ [[d:Property talk:P1015#Discrepancy between the 2 regex constraints]] or escalate/investigate
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and
not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://authority.bibsys.no/authority/rest/authorities/html/'..id..' '..(label or 'Norway')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BIBSYS' )
end

function p.bildLink( id, label )
--P2092's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.bildindex.de/document/obj'..id..' '..(label or 'Bildindex (Germany)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Bildindex' )
end

function p.bncLink( id, label )
--P1890's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.bncatalogo.cl/F?func=direct&local_base=red10&doc_number='..id..' '..(label or 'Chile')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNC' )
end

function p.bneLink( id, label )
--P950's format regex: (XX|FF|a)\d{4,7}|(bima|bimo|bica|bis[eo]|bivi|Mise|Mimo|Mima)\d{10} (e.g. XX1234567)
if not id:match( '^[XF][XF]%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and
not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and
not id:match( '^bi[mcsv][aoei]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and
not id:match( '^Mi[sm][eoa]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://catalogo.bne.es/uhtbin/authoritybrowse.cgi?action=display&authority_id='..id..' '..(label or 'Spain')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNE' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.bnfLink( id, label )
--P268's format regex: \d{8}[0-9bcdfghjkmnpqrstvwxz] (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^c?b?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9bcdfghjkmnpqrstvwxz]$' ) then
return false
end
--Add cb prefix if it has been removed
if not id:match( '^cb.+$' ) then
id = 'cb'..id
end
return '[https://catalogue.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/'..id..' ' .. (label or 'France')..'] [https://data.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/'..id..' (data)]'..p.getCatForId( 'BNF' )
end

function p.botanistLink( id, label )
--P428's format regex: ('t )?(d')?(de )?(la )?(van (der )?)?(Ma?c)?(De)?(Di)?\p{Lu}?C?['\p{Ll}]*([-'. ]*(van )?(y )?(d[ae][nr]?[- ])?(Ma?c)?[\p{Lu}bht]?C?['\p{Ll}]*)*\.? ?f?\.? (e.g. L.)
--not easily/meaningfully implementable in Lua's regex since "(this)?" is not allowed...
if not mw.ustring.match( id, "^[%u%l%d%. '-]+$" ) then --better than nothing
return false
end
id = id:gsub(' +', '%%20')
return '[https://www.ipni.org/ipni/advAuthorSearch.do?find_abbreviation='..id..' '..(label or 'International Plant Names Index')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Botanist' )
end

function p.bpnLink( id, label )
--P651's format regex: \d{6,8} (e.g. 00123456)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and --original format regex, changed 8/2019 to
not id:match( '^0?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and --allow 1-2 leading 0s, allowed by the website
not id:match( '^0?0?%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.biografischportaal.nl/en/persoon/'..id..' '..(label or 'Netherlands')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BPN' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.canticLink( id, label )
--P1273's format regex: a\d{7}[0-9x] (e.g. a10640745)
if not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dx]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://cantic.bnc.cat/registres/CUCId/'..id..' '..(label or 'Catalonia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CANTIC' ) --no https as of 10/2019
end

function p.ciniiLink( id, label )
--P271's format regex: DA\d{7}[\dX] (e.g. DA12345678)
if not id:match( '^DA%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://ci.nii.ac.jp/author/'..id..'?l=en '..(label or 'CiNii (Japan)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CINII' )
end

function p.cwgcLink( id, label )
--P1908's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 75228351)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.cwgc.org/find-war-dead/casualty/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Commonwealth War Graves Commission')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CWGC' )
end

function p.daaoLink( id, label )
--P1707's format regex: [a-z\-]+\d* (e.g. rolf-harris)
if not id:match( '^[a-z%-]+%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.daao.org.au/bio/'..id..' '..(label or 'Australian Artists')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DAAO' )
end

function p.dblpLink( id, label )
--P2456's format regex: \d{2,3} /\d+(-\d+)?|[a-z] /[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*(-\d+)? (e.g. 123/123)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d?/%d+$' ) and
not id:match( '^%d%d%d?/%d+%-%d+$' ) and
not id:match( '^[a-z]/[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*$' ) and
not id:match( '^[a-z]/[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*%-%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://dblp.org/pid/'..id..' '..(label or 'DBLP (computer science)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DBLP' )
end

function p.dibLink( id, label )
--P6829's format regex: a\d{4}\d?(-[A-D])? (e.g. a1953)
if not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d?%-?[A-D]?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://dib.cambridge.org/viewReadPage.do?articleId='..id..' '..(label or 'Ireland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DIB' )
end

function p.dsiLink( id, label )
--P2349's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1538)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.uni-stuttgart.de/hi/gnt/dsi2/index.php?table_name=dsi&function=details&where_field=id&where_value='..id..' '..(label or 'Scientific illustrators')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DSI' )
end

function p.fastLink( id, label )
--P2163's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,7} (e.g. 1916996)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://id.worldcat.org/fast/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Faceted Application of Subject Terminology')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'FAST' )
end

function p.fnzaLink( id, label )
--P6792's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 9785)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://findnzartists.org.nz/artist/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'New Zealand Artists')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'FNZA' )
end

function p.gndLink( id, label )
--P227's format regex: 1[012]?\d{7}[0-9X]|[47]\d{6}-\d|[1-9]\d{0,7}-[0-9X]|3\d{7}[0-9X] (e.g. 4079154-3)
if not id:match( '^1[012]?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9X]$' ) and
not id:match( '^[47]%d%d%d%d%d%d%-%d$' ) and
not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%-[0-9X]$' ) and
not id:match( '^3%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9X]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://d-nb.info/gnd/'..id..' '..(label or 'Integrated Authority File (Germany)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'GND' )
end

function p.hdsLink( id, label )
--P902's format regex: \d{6} (e.g. 050123)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://hls-dhs-dss.ch/fr/articles/'..id..' '..(label or 'Historical Dictionary of Switzerland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'HDS' )
end

function p.iaafLink( id, label )
--P1146's format regex: [0-9][0-9]* (e.g. 012)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.iaaf.org/athletes/_/'..id..' '..(label or 'World Athletics')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'IAAF' )
end

function p.iccuLink( id, label )
--P396's format regex: IT\\ICCU\\(\d{10}|\D\D[\D\d]\D\\\d{6}) (e.g. IT\ICCU\CFIV\000163)
if not id:match( '^IT\\ICCU\\%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and
not id:match( '^IT\\ICCU\\%u%u[%u%d]%u\\%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then --legacy: %u used here instead of %D (but the faulty ID cat is empty, out of ~12k uses)
return false
end
return '[https://opac.sbn.it/opacsbn/opac/iccu/scheda_authority.jsp?bid='..id..' '..(label or 'Italy')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ICCU' )
end
function p.iciaLink( id, label )
--P1736's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.imj.org.il/artcenter/newsite/en/?artist='..id..' '..(label or 'ICIA (Israel)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ICIA' )
end

function p.ieuLink( id, label )
--P9070's format regex: [A-Z]\\[A-Z]\\[A-Za-z0-9]+ (e.g. K\Y\Kyiv)
if not id:match( '^[A-Z]\\[A-Z]\\%w+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.encyclopediaofukraine.com/display.asp?linkpath=pages\\'..id..' '..(label or 'Internet Encyclopedia of Ukraine')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'IEU' )
end

function p.isniLink( id, label )
id = p.validateIsni( id ) --e.g. 0000-0000-6653-4145
if not id then
return false
end
return '[https://isni.org/isni/'..id..' '..(label or 'ISNI')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ISNI' )
end

function p.jocondeLink( id, label )
--P347's format regex: [\-0-9A-Za-z]{11} (e.g. 12345678901)
local regex = '^'..string.rep('[%-0-9A-Za-z]', 11)..'$'
if not id:match( regex ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.pop.culture.gouv.fr/notice/joconde/'..id..' '..(label or 'Joconde (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Joconde' )
end

function p.kulturnavLink( id, label )
--P1248's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://kulturnav.org/'..id..' '..(label or 'KulturNav (Norway)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'KULTURNAV' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.lccnLink( id, label )
local parts = p.splitLccn( id ) --e.g. n78039510
if not parts then
return false
end
local lccnType = parts[1] ~= 'sh' and 'names' or 'subjects'
id = parts[1] .. parts[2] .. p.append( parts[3], '0', 6 )
return '[https://id.loc.gov/authorities/'..lccnType..'/'..id..' '..(label or 'United States')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LCCN' )
end

function p.lirLink( id, label )
--P886's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.e-lir.ch/e-LIR___Lexicon.'..id..'.450.0.html '..(label or 'Lexicon Istoric Retic (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LIR' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.lnbLink( id, label )
--P1368's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://kopkatalogs.lv/F?func=direct&local_base=lnc10&doc_number='..id..'&P_CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Latvia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LNB' )
end

function p.leonoreLink( id, label )
--P640's format regex: LH/\d{1,4}/\d{1,3}|19800035/\d{1,4}/\d{1,5}(Bis)?|C/0/\d{1,2} (e.g. LH/2064/18)
if not id:match( '^LH/%d%d?%d?%d?/%d%d?%d?$' ) and --IDs from LH/1/1 to LH/2794/54 (legionaries)
not id:match( '^19800035/%d%d?%d?%d?/%d%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and --IDs from 19800035/1/1 to 19800035/385/51670 (legionnaires who died 1954-1977 & some who died < 1954)
not id:match( '^C/0/%d%d?$' ) then --IDs from C/0/1 to C/0/84 (84 famous legionaries)
return false
end
return '[http://www.culture.gouv.fr/public/mistral/leonore_fr?ACTION=CHERCHER&FIELD_1=COTE&VALUE_1='..id..' '..(label or 'Léonore (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Léonore' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.maLink( id, label )
--P6366's format regex: [1-9]\d{3,9} (e.g. 1498221862)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://academic.microsoft.com/v2/detail/'..id..' '..(label or 'Microsoft Academic')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MA' )
end

function p.mbaLink( id, label )
--P434's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/artist/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBA (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' artist]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mbareaLink( id, label )
--P982's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/area/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz area' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBAREA (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' area]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mbiLink( id, label )
--P1330's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/instrument/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz instrument' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBI (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' instrument]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mblLink( id, label )
--P966's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/label/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz label' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBL (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' label]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mbpLink( id, label )
--P1004's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/place/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz place' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBP (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' place]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mbrgLink( id, label )
--P436's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/release-group/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz release group' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBRG (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' release group]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mbsLink( id, label )
--P1407's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end
local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/series/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz series' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBS (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' series]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mbwLink( id, label )
--P435's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB)
if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then
return false
end

local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/work/'..id
local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz work' )--special cat name
if label then
return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat
else
return '[[MBW (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] [' .. url .. ' work]' .. cat
end
end

function p.mgpLink( id, label )
--P549's format regex: \d{1,6} (e.g. 123456)
if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://genealogy.math.ndsu.nodak.edu/id.php?id='..id..' '..(label or 'Mathematics Genealogy Project')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MGP' )
end

function p.naraLink( id, label )
--P1225's format regex: ^([1-9]\d{0,8})$ (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://catalog.archives.gov/id/'..id..' '..(label or 'National Archives (US)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NARA' )
end

function p.nclLink( id, label )
--P1048's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1081436)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://aleweb.ncl.edu.tw/F/?func=accref&acc_sequence='..id..'&CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Taiwan')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NCL' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.ndlLink( id, label )
--P349's format regex: 0?\d{8} (e.g. 012345678)
if not id:match( '^0?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://id.ndl.go.jp/auth/ndlna/'..id..' '..(label or 'Japan')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NDL' )
end

function p.ngvLink( id, label )
--P2041's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 12354)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.ngv.vic.gov.au/explore/collection/artist/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Victoria')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NGV' )
end

function p.nkcLink( id, label )
--P691's format regex: [a-z]{2,4}[0-9]{2,14} (e.g. abcd12345678901234)
if not id:match( '^[a-z][a-z][a-z]?[a-z]?%d%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://aleph.nkp.cz/F/?func=find-c&local_base=aut&ccl_term=ica='..id..'&CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Czech Republic')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NKC' )
end

function p.nlaLink( id, label )
--P409's format regex: [1-9][0-9]{0,11} (e.g. 123456789012)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://nla.gov.au/anbd.aut-an'..id..' '..(label or 'Australia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLA' )
end

function p.nlgLink( id, label )
--P3348's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://data.nlg.gr/resource/authority/record'..id..' '..(label or 'Greece')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLG' )
end

function p.nliLink( id, label )
--P949's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://uli.nli.org.il/F/?func=direct&doc_number='..id..'&local_base=nlx10'..' '..(label or 'Israel')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLI' )
end

function p.nlkLink( id, label )
--P5034's format regex: KA.(19|20).{7} (e.g. KAC201501465)
if not id:match( '^KA.19.......$' ) and
not id:match( '^KA.20.......$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://nl.go.kr/authorities/resource/'..id..' '..(label or 'Korea')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLK' )
end

function p.nlpLink( id, label )
--P1695's format regex: 9810[0-9]\d* or A[0-9]{7}[0-9X] (e.g. 9810123456789012345 or A10414836)
if not id:match( '^9810%d+$' ) and
not id:match( '^A%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://tools.wmflabs.org/wikidata-externalid-url?p=1695&id='..id..' '..(label or 'Poland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLP' )
end

function p.nlrLink( id, label )
--P1003's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://aleph.bibnat.ro:8991/F/?func=direct&local_base=NLR10&doc_number='..id..' '..(label or 'Romania')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLR' )
end

function p.nskLink( id, label )
--P1375's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://katalog.nsk.hr/F/?func=direct&doc_number='..id..'&local_base=nsk10 '..(label or 'Croatia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NSK' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.ntaLink( id, label )
--P1006's format regex: \d{8}[\dX] (e.g. 12345678X)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://data.bibliotheken.nl/id/thes/p'..id..' '..(label or 'Netherlands')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NTA' )
end

function p.orcidLink( id, label )
id = p.validateIsni( id ) --e.g. 0000-0002-7398-5483
if not id then
return false
end
id = id:sub( 1, 4 )..'-'..id:sub( 5, 8 )..'-'..id:sub( 9, 12 )..'-'..id:sub( 13, 16 )
return '[https://orcid.org/'..id..' '..(label or 'ORCID')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ORCID' )
end

function p.picLink( id, label )
--P2750's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://pic.nypl.org/constituents/'..id..' '..(label or 'Photographers\' Identities')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'PIC' )
end

function p.plwabnLink( id, label )
--P7293's format regex: 981[0-9]{8}05606 (e.g. 9810696457305606)
if not id:match( '^981%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d05606*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://mak.bn.org.pl/cgi-bin/KHW/makwww.exe?BM=1&NU=1&IM=4&WI='..id..' '..(label or 'Poland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'PLWABN' )
end

function p.publonsLink( id, label )
--P3829's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 654601)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://publons.com/author/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Publons (researchers)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Publons' )
end

function p.ridLink( id, label )
--P1053's format regex: [A-Z]{1,3}-\d{4}-(19|20)\d\d (e.g. AAS-5150-2020)
if not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]?[A-Z]?%-%d%d%d%d%-19%d%d$' ) and
not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]?[A-Z]?%-%d%d%d%d%-20%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.researcherid.com/rid/'..id..' '..(label or 'ResearcherID')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RID' )
end

function p.rismLink( id, label )
--P5504's format regex: (pe|ks)?\[1-9]d* (e.g. pe30006410)
if not id:match( '^pe[1-9]%d*$' ) and --99% start with 'pe'
not id:match( '^ks[1-9]%d*$' ) and
not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://opac.rism.info/search?id='..id..' '..(label or 'RISM (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RISM' )
end

function p.reroLink( id, label )
--P3065's format regex: 0[1-2]-[A-Z0-9]{1,10} (e.g. 02-A012345678)
if not id:match( '^0[1-2]%-[A-Z%d][A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://data.rero.ch/'..id..' '..(label or 'RERO (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RERO' )
end

function p.rkdartistsLink( id, label )
--P650's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 123456)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://rkd.nl/en/explore/artists/'..id..' '..(label or 'RKD Artists (Netherlands)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RKDartists' )
end

function p.rkdidLink( id, label )
--P350's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 123456)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://rkd.nl/nl/explore/images/'..id..' '..(label or 'RKD ID (Netherlands)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RKDID' )
end

function p.rslLink( id, label )
--P947's format regex: \d{1,9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://aleph.rsl.ru/F?func=find-b&find_code=SYS&adjacent=Y&local_base=RSL11&request='..id..'&CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Russia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RSL' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.selibrLink( id, label )
--P906's format regex: [1-9]\d{4,5} (e.g. 123456)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://libris.kb.se/auth/'..id..' '..(label or 'Sweden')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SELIBR' )
end

function p.sikartLink( id, label )
--P781's format regex: \d{7,9} (e.g. 123456789)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://www.sikart.ch/KuenstlerInnen.aspx?id='..id..'&lng=en '..(label or 'SIKART (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SIKART' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.snacLink( id, label )
--P3430's format regex: \d*[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z]* (e.g. A)
if not id:match( '^%d*[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z]*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://snaccooperative.org/ark:/99166/'..id..' '..(label or 'Social Networks and Archival Context')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SNAC-ID' )
end

function p.sudocLink( id, label )
--P269's format regex: (\d{8}[\dX]|) (e.g. 026927608)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dxX]$' ) then --legacy: allow lowercase 'x'
return false
end
return '[https://www.idref.fr/'..id..' '..(label or 'SUDOC (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SUDOC' )
end

function p.s2authoridLink( id, label )
--P4012's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1796130)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.semanticscholar.org/author/'..id..' '..(label or 'Semantic Scholar')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Semantic Scholar author' ) --special cat name
end

function p.ta98Link( id, label )
--P1323's format regex: A\d{2}\.\d\.\d{2}\.\d{3}[FM]? (e.g. A12.3.45.678)
if not id:match( '^A%d%d%.%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%d[FM]?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://tools.wmflabs.org/wikidata-externalid-url/?p=1323&url_prefix=https:%2F%2Fwww.unifr.ch%2Fifaa%2FPublic%2FEntryPage%2FTA98%20Tree%2FEntity%20TA98%20EN%2F&url_suffix=%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm&id='..id..' '..(label or 'Terminologia Anatomica')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TA98' )
end

function p.tdviaLink( id, label )
--P7314's format regex: [a-z/-]+] (e.g. barkan-omer-lutfi)
if not id:match( '^[a-z/-]+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://islamansiklopedisi.org.tr/'..id..' '..(label or 'Encyclopedia of Islam')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TDVİA' )
end

function p.tepapaLink( id, label )
--P3544's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1)
if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://collections.tepapa.govt.nz/agent/'..id..' '..(label or 'Te Papa (New Zealand)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TePapa' )
end

function p.tlsLink( id, label )
id = id:gsub(' +', '_')
--P1362's format regex: \p{Lu}[\p{L}\d_',\.\-\*/–]{3,59} (e.g. Abcd)
local class = "[%a%d_',%.%-%(%)%*/–]"
local regex = "^%u"..string.rep(class, 3)..string.rep(class.."?", 56).."$"
if not mw.ustring.match( id, regex ) then
return false
end
return '[http://tls.theaterwissenschaft.ch/wiki/'..id..' '..(label or 'Theaterlexikon (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TLS' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.troveLink( id, label )
--P1315's format regex: [1-9]\d{5,7} (e.g. 12345678)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://trove.nla.gov.au/people/'..id..' '..(label or 'Trove (Australia)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Trove' )
end

function p.ukparlLink( id, label )
--P6213's format regex: [a-zA-Z\d]{8} (e.g. AQUupyiR)
if not id:match( '^[a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d]$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://id.parliament.uk/'..id..' '..(label or 'UK Parliament')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'UKPARL' )
end

function p.ulanLink( id, label )
--P245's format regex: 500\d{6} (e.g. 500123456)
if not id:match( '^500%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[https://www.getty.edu/vow/ULANFullDisplay?find=&role=&nation=&subjectid='..id..' '..(label or 'Artist Names (Getty)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ULAN' )
end

function p.uscongressLink( id, label )
--P1157's format regex: [A-Z]00[01]\d{3} (e.g. A000123)
if not id:match( '^[A-Z]00[01]%d%d%d$' ) then
return false
end
return '[http://bioguide.congress.gov/scripts/biodisplay.pl?index='..id..' '..(label or 'US Congress')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'USCongress' ) --no https as of 9/2019
end

function p.vcbaLink( id, label )
--P8034's format regex: \d{3}\/[1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 494/9793)
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d\/[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
id = id:gsub('\/', '_')
return '[https://opac.vatlib.it/auth/detail/'..id..' '..(label or 'Vatican')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'VcBA' )
end

function p.viafLink( id, label )
--P214's format regex: [1-9]\d(\d{0,7}|\d{17,20}) (e.g. 123456789, 1234567890123456789012)
if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and
not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) then
return false
end
-- If the "VIAF" entry at [[:m:Interwiki map]] would resolve to "https://viaf.org/viaf/$1" (rather than "http://viaf.org/viaf/$1", as it currently still does), the code below could change from '[https://viaf.org/viaf/'..id..' '..id..']' to '[[:VIAF:'..id..'|'..id..']]'.
return '[https://viaf.org/viaf/'..id..' '..(label or 'VIAF')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'VIAF' )
end

--[[=========================== Helper functions =============================]]

function p.append(str, c, length)
while str:len() < length do
str = c .. str
end
return str
end

--Returns the ISNI check digit isni must be a string where the 15 first elements are digits, e.g. 0000000066534145
function p.getIsniCheckDigit( isni )
local total = 0
for i = 1, 15 do
local digit = isni:byte( i ) - 48 --Get integer value
total = (total + digit) * 2
end
local remainder = total % 11
local result = (12 - remainder) % 11
if result == 10 then
return "X"
end
return tostring( result )
end

--Validate ISNI (and ORCID) and retuns it as a 16 characters string or returns false if it's invalid
--See http://support.orcid.org/knowledgebase/articles/116780-structure-of-the-orcid-identifier
function p.validateIsni( id )
--P213 (ISNI) format regex: [0-9]{4} [0-9]{4} [0-9]{4} [0-9]{3}[0-9X] (e.g. 0000-0000-6653-4145)
--P496 (ORCID) format regex: 0000-000(1-[5-9]|2-[0-9]|3-[0-4])\d{3}-\d{3}[\dX] (e.g. 0000-0002-7398-5483)
id = id:gsub( '[ %-]', '' ):upper()
if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then
return false
end
if p.getIsniCheckDigit( id ) ~= string.char( id:byte( 16 ) ) then
return false
end
return id
end

function p.splitLccn( id )
--P244's format regex: (n|nb|nr|no|ns|sh)([4-9][0-9]|00|20[0-1][0-9])[0-9]{6} (e.g. n78039510)
if id:match( '^%l%l?%l?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then
id = id:gsub( '^(%l+)(%d+)(%d%d%d%d%d%d)$', '%1/%2/%3' )
end
if id:match( '^%l%l?%l?/%d%d%d?%d?/%d+$' ) then
return mw.text.split( id, '/' )
end
return false
end

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Wikidata & documentation functions ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]

function p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, property )
local ids = {}
local statements = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements( itemId, property )
if statements then
for _, statement in ipairs( statements ) do
if statement.mainsnak.datavalue then
table.insert( ids, statement.mainsnak.datavalue.value )
end
end
end
return ids
end

-- Creates a human-readable standalone wikitable version of p.conf, and tracking categories with page counts, for use in the documentation
function p.docConfTable( frame )
local wikiTable = '{| class="wikitable sortable"\n'..
'! rowspan=2 | Parameter\n'..
'! rowspan=2 | Section\n'..
'! rowspan=2 | Appears as\n'..
'! rowspan=2; data-sort-type=number | Wikidata property\n'..
'! colspan=4 | Tracking categories and page counts\n'..
'|-\n'..
'! [[:Category:Wikipedia articles with authority control information|'.. 'Articles]]\n'..
'! [[:Category:User pages with authority control information|'.. 'User pages]]\n'..
'! [[:Category:Miscellaneous pages with authority control information|'.. 'Misc. pages]]\n'..
'! [[:Category:Wikipedia articles with faulty authority control information|'..'Faulty IDs]]\n'..
'|-\n'
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage()
for _, conf in pairs( p.conf ) do
local param, pid, section = conf[1], conf[2], conf[4]
local appearsAs
if param == "WORLDCATID" then
-- WorldCat is special
appearsAs = "[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/lccn-n78039510 WorldCat]"
elseif conf.prefix then
appearsAs = conf.prefix
else
appearsAs = conf[3](conf[5])
end
local link = conf.link or param .. ' (identifier)'
local category = conf.category or param
local args = { id = 'f', pid }
local wpl = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'Wikidata property link', args = args }
--cats
local articleCat = 'Wikipedia articles with '..category..' identifiers'
local userCat = 'User pages with '..category..' identifiers'
local miscCat = 'Miscellaneous pages with '..category..' identifiers'
local faultyCat = 'Wikipedia articles with faulty '..category..' identifiers'
--counts
local articleCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(articleCat, 'pages') )
local userCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(userCat, 'pages') )
local miscCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(miscCat, 'pages') )
local faultyCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(faultyCat, 'pages') )

--concat
wikiTable = wikiTable..'\n'..
'|-\n'..
'||[['..link..'|'..param..']]'..
'||'..section..
'||'..appearsAs..
'||data-sort-value='..pid..'|'..wpl..
'||style="text-align: right;"|[[:Category:'..articleCat..'|'..articleCount..']]'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|[[:Category:'.. userCat..'|'.. userCount..']]'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|[[:Category:'.. miscCat..'|'.. miscCount..']]'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|[[:Category:'.. faultyCat..'|'.. faultyCount..']]'
end

--append derivative WorldCat cats
local wcd = { 'WorldCat-LCCN', 'WorldCat-VIAF' }
for _, w in pairs(wcd) do
local articleCat = 'Wikipedia articles with '..w..' identifiers'
local articleCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(articleCat, 'pages') )
local appearsAs
if w == "WorldCat-LCCN" then
appearsAs = "[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/lccn-n79-113947 WorldCat (via Library of Congress)]"
else
appearsAs = "[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/containsVIAFID/12345789 WorldCat (via VIAF)]"
end
wikiTable = wikiTable..'\n'..
'|-\n'..
'||'..'—'..
'||General'..
'||'..appearsAs..
'||data-sort-value='..w..'|'..'—'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|[[:Category:'..articleCat..'|'..articleCount..']]'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|—'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|—'..
'||style="text-align: right;"|—'
end

return require("Module:Suppress categories").main(wikiTable)..'\n|}'
end

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Configuration ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]

-- If a specific "(identifier) redirect" exists for an identifier, please route through this particular redirect rather than linking directly to the target page. This reduces clutter in "What links here" and improves reverse lookup of articles where a manifestation of this particular identifier is used.

-- Parameter format: { 'parameter name', propertyId # in Wikidata, formatting/validation function, section, example ID for documentation }
-- Optional named parameters: `link` to override the link in the documentation (defaults to parameter + (identifer)),
-- category to override the ID in category names (defaults to parameter),
-- prefix to include a prefix (usually a wikilink explaining what the identifier is) before the external link itself
p.conf = {
{ 'AAG', 3372, p.aagLink, "Art galleries and museums", "1"},
{ 'ACM-DL', 864, p.acmLink, "Scientific databases", "12345678901", link="ACM DL (identifier)"},
{ 'ADB', 1907, p.adbLink,"Biographical dictionaries", "barton-sir-edmund-toby-71"},
{ 'AGSA', 6804, p.agsaLink, "Art galleries and museums", "3625"},
{ 'autores.uy', 2558, p.autoresuyLink, "Biographical dictionaries", "12345"},
{ 'AWR', 4186, p.awrLink, "Biographical dictionaries", "PR00768b"},
{ 'BIBSYS', 1015, p.bibsysLink, "National libraries", "1234567890123"},
{ 'Bildindex', 2092, p.bildLink, "Art research institutes", "1"},
{ 'BNC', 1890, p.bncLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'BNE', 950, p.bneLink, "National libraries", "XX1234567"},
{ 'BNF', 268, p.bnfLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'Botanist', 428, p.botanistLink , "Scientific databases", "L."},
{ 'BPN', 651, p.bpnLink , "Biographical dictionaries", "12345678"},
{ 'CANTIC', 1273, p.canticLink, "National libraries", "a12345678"},
{ 'CINII', 271, p.ciniiLink, "Scientific databases", "DA12345678", link = "CiNii (identifier)"},
{ 'CWGC', 1908, p.cwgcLink, "Other", "1234567"},
{ 'DAAO', 1707, p.daaoLink, "Art research institutes", "rolf-harris"},
{ 'DBLP', 2456, p.dblpLink, "Scientific databases", "123/123"},
{ 'DIB', 6829, p.dibLink, "Biographical dictionaries", "a1234"},
{ 'DSI', 2349, p.dsiLink, "Art research institutes", "1538"},
{ 'FAST', 2163, p.fastLink, "Other", "1"},
{ 'FNZA', 6792, p.fnzaLink, "Art research institutes", "12"},
{ 'GND', 227, p.gndLink, "General", "4079154-3"},
{ 'HDS', 902, p.hdsLink, "Other", "050123"},
{ 'IAAF', 1146, p.iaafLink, "Other", "123"},
{ 'ICCU', 396, p.iccuLink, "National libraries", "IT\\ICCU\\CFIV\\000163"}, --formerly SBN
{ 'ICIA', 1736, p.iciaLink, "Art research institutes", "1"},
{ 'IEU', 9070, p.ieuLink, "Other", "N\\A\\NationalAcademyofArtandArchitecture"},
{ 'ISNI', 213, p.isniLink, "General", "0000-0000-6653-4145", prefix = '[[ISNI (identifier)|ISNI]]'},
{ 'Joconde', 347, p.jocondeLink, "Art research institutes", "12345678901"},
{ 'KULTURNAV', 1248, p.kulturnavLink, "Art research institutes", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", link="KulturNav (identifier)"},
{ 'LCCN', 244, p.lccnLink, "National libraries", "n78039510"},
{ 'LIR', 886, p.lirLink, "Other", "1"},
{ 'LNB', 1368, p.lnbLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'Léonore', 640, p.leonoreLink, "Other", "LH/1/1", prefix = "[[Léonore (identifier)|Léonore (France)]]"},
{ 'MA', 6366, p.maLink, "Other", "123456789"},
{ 'MBA', 434, p.mbaLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz'}, --special cat name
{ 'MBAREA', 982, p.mbareaLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz area' }, --special cat name
{ 'MBI', 1330, p.mbiLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz instrument' }, --special cat name
{ 'MBL', 966, p.mblLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz label' }, --special cat name
{ 'MBP', 1004, p.mbpLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz place' }, --special cat name
{ 'MBRG', 436, p.mbrgLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz release group' }, --special cat name
{ 'MBS', 1407, p.mbsLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz series' }, --special cat name
{ 'MBW', 435, p.mbwLink, "Other", "12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB", category = 'MusicBrainz work' }, --special cat name
{ 'MGP', 549, p.mgpLink, "Scientific databases", "123456"},
{ 'NARA', 1225, p.naraLink, "Other", "12345678"},
{ 'NCL', 1048, p.nclLink, "National libraries", "1081436"},
{ 'NDL', 349, p.ndlLink, "National libraries", "012345678"},
{ 'NGV', 2041, p.ngvLink, "Art galleries and museums", "12354"},
{ 'NKC', 691, p.nkcLink, "National libraries", "abcd12345678901234"},
{ 'NLA', 409, p.nlaLink, "National libraries", "123456789012"},
{ 'NLG', 3348, p.nlgLink, "National libraries", "12345678"},
{ 'NLI', 949, p.nliLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'NLK', 5034, p.nlkLink, "National libraries", "KAB197000000"},
{ 'NLP', 1695, p.nlpLink, "National libraries", "9810123456789012345"},
{ 'NLR', 1003, p.nlrLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'NSK', 1375, p.nskLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'NTA', 1006, p.ntaLink, "National libraries", "12345678X"},
{ 'ORCID', 496, p.orcidLink, "General", "0000-0002-7398-5483", prefix = '[[ORCID (identifier)|ORCID]]'},
{ 'PIC', 2750, p.picLink, "Art research institutes", "1"},
{ 'PLWABN', 7293, p.plwabnLink, "National libraries", "9812345678905606"},
{ 'Publons', 3829, p.publonsLink, "Scientific databases", "2776255"},
{ 'RID', 1053, p.ridLink, "Scientific databases", "A-1234-1934"},
{ 'RISM', 5504, p.rismLink, "Other", "pe1", prefix = '[[RISM (identifier)|RISM (France)]]'},
{ 'RERO', 3065, p.reroLink, "Other", "02-A012345678", prefix = '[[RERO (identifier)|RERO (Switzerland)]]'},
{ 'RKDartists', 650, p.rkdartistsLink, "Art research institutes", "123456"},
{ 'RKDID', 350, p.rkdidLink, "Art research institutes", "123456"},
{ 'RSL', 947, p.rslLink, "National libraries", "123456789"},
{ 'SELIBR', 906, p.selibrLink, "National libraries", "123456"},
{ 'SIKART', 781, p.sikartLink, "Art research institutes", '123456789'},
{ 'SNAC-ID', 3430, p.snacLink, "Other", "A"},
{ 'SUDOC', 269, p.sudocLink, "Other", "026927608", prefix = '[[SUDOC (identifier)|SUDOC (France)]]'},
{ 'S2AuthorId', 4012, p.s2authoridLink, "Scientific databases", "1796130", category = 'Semantic Scholar author' }, --special cat name
{ 'TA98', 1323, p.ta98Link, "Scientific databases", "A12.3.45.678"},
{ 'TDVİA', 7314, p.tdviaLink, "Other", "asim-b-behdele"},
{ 'TePapa', 3544, p.tepapaLink, "Art galleries and museums", "1"},
{ 'TLS', 1362, p.tlsLink, "Other", "Abcd"},
{ 'Trove', 1315, p.troveLink, "Other", "12345678", prefix = '[[Trove (identifier)|Trove (Australia)]]'}, --formerly NLA-person
{ 'UKPARL', 6213, p.ukparlLink, "Other", "AQUupyiR"},
{ 'ULAN', 245, p.ulanLink, "Art research institutes", "500123456"},
{ 'USCongress', 1157, p.uscongressLink, "Other", "A000123", link = "US Congress (identifier)"},
{ 'VcBA', 8034, p.vcbaLink, "National libraries", "494/9793"},
{ 'VIAF', 214, p.viafLink, "General", "123456789", prefix = "[[VIAF (identifier)|VIAF]]"},
{ 'WORLDCATID', 7859, nil, "General", nil, link = "WorldCat Identities (identifier)"},
}

-- Legitimate aliases to p.conf, for convenience
-- Format: { 'alias', 'parameter name in p.conf' }
p.aliases = {
{ 'DNB', 'GND' }, --Deutsche Nationalbibliothek -> Gemeinsame Normdatei
{ 'Leonore', 'Léonore' }, --alias name without diacritics
{ 'leonore', 'Léonore' }, --lowercase variant without diacritics
{ 'MusicBrainz', 'MBA' },
{ 'MusicBrainz artist', 'MBA' },
{ 'MusicBrainz label', 'MBL' },
{ 'MusicBrainz release group', 'MBRG' },
{ 'MusicBrainz work', 'MBW' },
{ 'SBN', 'ICCU' }, --SBN alias to be deprecated at a later stage
{ 'TDVIA', 'TDVİA' }, --alias name without diacritics
{ 'tdvia', 'TDVİA' }, --lowercase variant without diacritics
}

-- Deprecated aliases to p.conf; tracked in [[Category:Wikipedia articles with deprecated authority control identifiers]]
-- Format: { 'deprecated parameter name', 'replacement parameter name in p.conf' }
p.deprecated = {
{ 'GKD', 'GND' },
{ 'PND', 'GND' },
{ 'RLS', 'RSL' },
{ 'SWD', 'GND' },
{ 'NARA-organization', 'NARA' },
{ 'NARA-person', 'NARA' },
}

--[[==========================================================================]]
--[[ Main ]]
--[[==========================================================================]]

function p.authorityControl( frame )
local resolveEntity = require( "Module:ResolveEntityId" )
local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args --WD IDs added here later
local iParentArgs = 0 --count original/manual parent args only later
local worldcatCat = ''
local multipleIdCat = ''
local suppressedIdCat = ''
local deprecatedIdCat = ''
local differentOnWDCat = ''
local sameOnWDCat = ''

--Redirect aliases to proper parameter names
for _, a in pairs( p.aliases ) do
local alias, param = a[1], a[2]
if (parentArgs[param] == nil or parentArgs[param] == '') and parentArgs[alias] then
parentArgs[param] = parentArgs[alias]
end
end

--Redirect deprecated parameters to proper parameter names, and assign tracking cat
for _, d in pairs( p.deprecated ) do
local dep, param = d[1], d[2]
if (parentArgs[param] == nil or parentArgs[param] == '') and parentArgs[dep] then
parentArgs[param] = parentArgs[dep]
if namespace == 0 then
deprecatedIdCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with deprecated authority control identifiers|'..dep..']]'
end
end
end

--Use QID= parameter for testing/example purposes only
local itemId = nil
if namespace ~= 0 then
local qid = parentArgs['qid'] or parentArgs['QID']
if qid then
itemId = 'Q'..mw.ustring.gsub(qid, '^[Qq]', '')
itemId = resolveEntity._id(itemId) --nil if unresolvable
end
else
itemId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
end

--Wikidata fallback if available
if itemId then
local iMatches = 0
for _, params in ipairs( p.conf ) do
if params[2] > 0 then
local val = parentArgs[mw.ustring.lower(params[1])] or parentArgs[params[1]]
if val == nil or val == '' then
local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[2] )
if wikidataIds[1] then
if val == '' and (namespace == 0 or testcases) then
suppressedIdCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with suppressed authority control identifiers|'..params[1]..']]'
else
parentArgs[params[1]] = wikidataIds[1] --add ID from WD
end
end
else
iParentArgs = iParentArgs + 1
local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[2] )
if wikidataIds[1] and differentOnWDCat == '' then
local bMatch = false
for _, wd in pairs( wikidataIds ) do
if val == wd then
iMatches = iMatches + 1
bMatch = true
end
end
if bMatch == false then
differentOnWDCat = '[[Category:Pages using authority control with parameters different on Wikidata|'..params[1]..']]'
end end end end end
if iMatches > 0 and iMatches == iParentArgs then
sameOnWDCat = '[[Category:Pages using authority control with parameters all matching Wikidata]]'
end
end
--Configured rows
local rct = 0
local sectionOrder = {"General","National libraries","Art galleries and museums",
"Art research institutes","Biographical dictionaries","Scientific databases",
"Other"}
local sections = {
["General"] = {},
["National libraries"] = {},
["Art galleries and museums"] = {},
["Art research institutes"] = {},
["Biographical dictionaries"] = {},
["Scientific databases"] = {},
["Other"] = {}
}
-- Don't show NLP is PLWABN is present, since they both go to the National Library of Poland
-- and the library has deprecated NLP IDs in favor of PLWABN IDs
if parentArgs.PLWABN or parentArgs.plwabn then
parentArgs.NLP = ''
parentArgs.nlp = ''
end
for _, params in ipairs( p.conf ) do
local val = parentArgs[mw.ustring.lower(params[1])] or parentArgs[params[1]]
local tval, tlinks = {}, {} --init tables
if val and val ~= '' and type(params[3]) == 'function' then
table.insert( tval, val )
if params.prefix then
table.insert( tlinks, params[3]( val, "1" ) )
else
table.insert( tlinks, params[3]( val ) )
end
end
--collect other unique vals (IDs) from WD, if present
if itemId and tval[1] then
local nextIdVal = 2
local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[2] )
for _, v in pairs( wikidataIds ) do
local bnew = true
for _, w in pairs( tval ) do
if v == w then bnew = false end
end
if bnew then
table.insert( tval, v )
table.insert( tlinks, params[3]( v, tostring(nextIdVal) ) )
nextIdVal = nextIdVal + 1
end
end
end
--assemble
if tval[1] then
table.insert( sections[params[4]], p.createRow( params[1], tval, nil, tlinks, true, params.category, params.prefix) )
rct = rct + 1
if tval[2] then
multipleIdCat = p.getCatForId( 'multiple' )
end
end

end

--WorldCat
local worldcatId = parentArgs['worldcatid'] or parentArgs['WORLDCATID']
if worldcatId and worldcatId ~= '' then --if WORLDCATID present & unsuppressed
table.insert( sections["General"], p.createRow( 'WORLDCATID', worldcatId, '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/'..mw.uri.encode(worldcatId, 'PATH')..' WorldCat]', nil, false ) ) --Validation?
worldcatCat = p.getCatForId( 'WORLDCATID' )
rct = rct + 1
elseif worldcatId == nil then --if WORLDCATID absent but unsuppressed
local viafId = parentArgs['viaf'] or parentArgs['VIAF']
local lccnId = parentArgs['lccn'] or parentArgs['LCCN']
if viafId and viafId ~= '' and p.viafLink( viafId ) then --VIAF must be present, unsuppressed, & validated
table.insert( sections["General"], p.createRow( 'VIAF', viafId, '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/containsVIAFID/'..viafId..' WorldCat (via VIAF)]', nil, false ) )
if namespace == 0 then
worldcatCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with WorldCat-VIAF identifiers]]'
end
rct = rct + 1
elseif lccnId and lccnId ~= '' and p.lccnLink( lccnId ) then --LCCN must be present, unsuppressed, & validated
local lccnParts = p.splitLccn( lccnId )
if lccnParts and lccnParts[1] ~= 'sh' then
local lccnIdFmtd = lccnParts[1]..lccnParts[2]..'-'..lccnParts[3]
table.insert( sections["General"], p.createRow( 'LCCN', lccnId, '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/lccn-'..lccnIdFmtd..' WorldCat (via Library of Congress)]', nil, false ) )
if namespace == 0 then
worldcatCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with WorldCat-LCCN identifiers]]'
end
end
rct = rct + 1
end
elseif worldcatId == '' then --if WORLDCATID suppressed
suppressedIdCat = '[[Category:Wikipedia articles with suppressed authority control identifiers|WORLDCATID]]'
end

local Navbox = require('Module:Navbox')
local elementsCat = ''
if rct == 0 or rct >= 25 then
local eCat = 'AC with '..rct..' elements'
elementsCat = '[[Category:'..eCat..']]'..p.redCatLink(eCat)
end

local outString = ''
if rct > 0 then
local sectionID = 1
local args = { pid = 'identifiers' } -- #target the list of identifiers
if testcases and itemId then args = { pid = 'identifiers', qid = itemId } end --expensive
local pencil = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'EditAtWikidata', args = args}
local navboxArgs = {
name = 'Authority control',
navboxclass = 'authority-control',
bodyclass = 'hlist',
state = parentArgs.state or 'autocollapse',
navbar = 'off'
}
for _, sectName in ipairs(sectionOrder) do
if #sections[sectName] ~= 0 then
navboxArgs["group" .. sectionID] = sectName
navboxArgs["list" .. sectionID] = table.concat(sections[sectName])
sectionID = sectionID + 1
end
end
if navboxArgs.group2 then
navboxArgs.title = "[[Help:Authority control|Authority control]]" .. pencil
else
local sect = navboxArgs.group1
if sect == "General" or sect == "Other" then
-- Just say "Authority control" with no label if only general or only other IDs are present
-- since "general" is redundant and "other" is silly when there's nothing to contrast it with
navboxArgs.group1 = "[[Help:Authority control|Authority control]]" .. pencil
else
navboxArgs.group1 = "[[Help:Authority control|Authority control: " .. sect .. "]] " .. pencil
end
end
outString = Navbox._navbox(navboxArgs)
end

local auxCats = worldcatCat .. elementsCat .. multipleIdCat .. suppressedIdCat ..
deprecatedIdCat .. differentOnWDCat .. sameOnWDCat
if testcases then
auxCats = mw.ustring.gsub(auxCats, '(%[%[)(Category)', '%1:%2') --for easier checking
end
outString = outString .. auxCats
if namespace ~= 0 then
outString = mw.ustring.gsub(outString, '(%[%[)(Category:Wikipedia articles)', '%1:%2') --by definition
end

return outString
end

return p

Module:Yesno

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.

return function (val, default)
-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you
-- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the
-- following line.
val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val
if val == nil then
return nil
elseif val == true
or val == 'yes'
or val == 'y'
or val == 'true'
or val == 't'
or val == 'on'
or tonumber(val) == 1
then
return true
elseif val == false
or val == 'no'
or val == 'n'
or val == 'false'
or val == 'f'
or val == 'off'
or tonumber(val) == 0
then
return false
else
return default
end
end

Module:Arguments

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be
-- called from #invoke directly.

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType

local arguments = {}

-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the
-- options every time we call it.

local function tidyValDefault(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if val == '' then
return nil
else
return val
end
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
if val:find('%S') then
return val
else
return nil
end
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)
return val
end

local function matchesTitle(given, title)
local tp = type( given )
return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title
end

local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }

function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)
checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)
checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)
frame = frame or {}
options = options or {}

--[[
-- Set up argument translation.
--]]
options.translate = options.translate or {}
if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then
setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)
end
if options.backtranslate == nil then
options.backtranslate = {}
for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do
options.backtranslate[v] = k
end
end
if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then
setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {
__index = function(t, k)
if options.translate[k] ~= k then
return nil
else
return k
end
end
})
end

--[[
-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the
-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending
-- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't
-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module
-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args
-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).
--]]
local fargs, pargs, luaArgs
if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then
if options.wrappers then
--[[
-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in
-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but
-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax
-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated
-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.
-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame
-- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;
-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed
-- to getArgs.
--]]
local parent = frame:getParent()
if not parent then
fargs = frame.args
else
local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')
local found = false
if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then
found = true
elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then
for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do
if matchesTitle(v, title) then
found = true
break
end
end
end

-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.
if found or options.frameOnly == false then
pargs = parent.args
end
if not found or options.parentOnly == false then
fargs = frame.args
end
end
else
-- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.
if not options.parentOnly then
fargs = frame.args
end
if not options.frameOnly then
local parent = frame:getParent()
pargs = parent and parent.args or nil
end
end
if options.parentFirst then
fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs
end
else
luaArgs = frame
end

-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are
-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes
-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.
local argTables = {fargs}
argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs
argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs

--[[
-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we
-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the
-- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table
-- every time the function is called.
--]]
local tidyVal = options.valueFunc
if tidyVal then
if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then
error(
"bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'"
.. '(function expected, got '
.. type(tidyVal)
.. ')',
2
)
end
elseif options.trim ~= false then
if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
tidyVal = tidyValDefault
else
tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly
end
else
if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly
else
tidyVal = tidyValNoChange
end
end

--[[
-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one
-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil
-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them
-- together.
--]]
local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}
setmetatable(args, metatable)

local function mergeArgs(tables)
--[[
-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values
-- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;
-- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil
-- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft).
--]]
for _, t in ipairs(tables) do
for key, val in pairs(t) do
if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then
local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)
if tidiedVal == nil then
nilArgs[key] = 's'
else
metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal
end
end
end
end
end

--[[
-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,
-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments
-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this
-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil
-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record
-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not
-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do
-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all
-- the arguments will already have been copied over.
--]]

metatable.__index = function (t, key)
--[[
-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check
-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from
-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check
-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.
-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether
-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.
-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into
-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments
-- must be nil.
--]]
if type(key) == 'string' then
key = options.translate[key]
end
local val = metaArgs[key]
if val ~= nil then
return val
elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then
return nil
end
for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do
local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])
if argTableVal ~= nil then
metaArgs[key] = argTableVal
return argTableVal
end
end
nilArgs[key] = 'h'
return nil
end

metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)
-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the
-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.
if type(key) == 'string' then
key = options.translate[key]
end
if options.readOnly then
error(
'could not write to argument table key "'
.. tostring(key)
.. '"; the table is read-only',
2
)
elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then
error(
'could not write to argument table key "'
.. tostring(key)
.. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',
2
)
elseif val == nil then
--[[
-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase
-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do
-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need
-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked
-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.
--]]
metaArgs[key] = nil
nilArgs[key] = 'h'
else
metaArgs[key] = val
end
end

local function translatenext(invariant)
local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)
invariant.k = k
if k == nil then
return nil
elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then
return k, v
else
local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]
if backtranslate == nil then
-- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow
return translatenext(invariant)
else
return backtranslate, v
end
end
end

metatable.__pairs = function ()
-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.
if not metatable.donePairs then
mergeArgs(argTables)
metatable.donePairs = true
end
return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }
end

local function inext(t, i)
-- This uses our __index metamethod
local v = t[i + 1]
if v ~= nil then
return i + 1, v
end
end

metatable.__ipairs = function (t)
-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.
return inext, t, 0
end

return args
end

return arguments

Module:Navbox

2021-08-09T10:23:31Z

User: 1 revision imported

--
-- This module implements {{Navbox}}
--

local p = {}

local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar
local getArgs -- lazily initialized

local args
local border
local listnums
local ODD_EVEN_MARKER = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127'
local RESTART_MARKER = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127'
local REGEX_MARKER = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127'

local function striped(wikitext)
-- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping.
-- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed
-- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages
-- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox.
local orphanCat = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]'
if border == 'subgroup' and args.orphan ~= 'yes' then
-- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox.
return wikitext .. orphanCat
end
local first, second = 'odd', 'even'
if args.evenodd then
if args.evenodd == 'swap' then
first, second = second, first
else
first = args.evenodd
second = first
end
end
local changer
if first == second then
changer = first
else
local index = 0
changer = function (code)
if code == '0' then
-- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table.
-- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class.
-- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title
-- in a subgroup and will also be first.
index = 0
return first
end
index = index + 1
return index % 2 == 1 and first or second
end
end
local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1')
return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(REGEX_MARKER, changer)) -- () omits gsub count
end

local function processItem(item, nowrapitems)
if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then
-- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense.
-- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template.
return '\n' .. item ..'\n'
end
if nowrapitems == 'yes' then
local lines = {}
for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do
local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)')
if prefix and not content:match('^<span class="nowrap">') then
line = prefix .. '<span class="nowrap">' .. content .. '</span>'
end
table.insert(lines, line)
end
item = table.concat(lines, '\n')
end
if item:match('^[*:;#]') then
return '\n' .. item ..'\n'
end
return item
end

local function renderNavBar(titleCell)

if args.navbar ~= 'off' and args.navbar ~= 'plain' and not (not args.name and mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') == 'Template:Navbox') then
titleCell:wikitext(navbar{
args.name,
mini = 1,
fontstyle = (args.basestyle or '') .. ';' .. (args.titlestyle or '') .. ';background:none transparent;border:none;box-shadow:none;padding:0;'
})
end

end

--
-- Title row
--
local function renderTitleRow(tbl)
if not args.title then return end

local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr')

if args.titlegroup then
titleRow
:tag('th')
:attr('scope', 'row')
:addClass('navbox-group')
:addClass(args.titlegroupclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.groupstyle)
:cssText(args.titlegroupstyle)
:wikitext(args.titlegroup)
end

local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col')

if args.titlegroup then
titleCell
:css('border-left', '2px solid #fdfdfd')
:css('width', '100%')
end

local titleColspan = 2
if args.imageleft then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end
if args.image then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end
if args.titlegroup then titleColspan = titleColspan - 1 end

titleCell
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.titlestyle)
:addClass('navbox-title')
:attr('colspan', titleColspan)

renderNavBar(titleCell)

titleCell
:tag('div')
-- id for aria-labelledby attribute
:attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args.title))
:addClass(args.titleclass)
:css('font-size', '114%')
:css('margin', '0 4em')
:wikitext(processItem(args.title))
end

--
-- Above/Below rows
--

local function getAboveBelowColspan()
local ret = 2
if args.imageleft then ret = ret + 1 end
if args.image then ret = ret + 1 end
return ret
end

local function renderAboveRow(tbl)
if not args.above then return end

tbl:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass('navbox-abovebelow')
:addClass(args.aboveclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.abovestyle)
:attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan())
:tag('div')
-- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title
:attr('id', args.title and nil or mw.uri.anchorEncode(args.above))
:wikitext(processItem(args.above, args.nowrapitems))
end

local function renderBelowRow(tbl)
if not args.below then return end

tbl:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass('navbox-abovebelow')
:addClass(args.belowclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.belowstyle)
:attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan())
:tag('div')
:wikitext(processItem(args.below, args.nowrapitems))
end

--
-- List rows
--
local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum)
local row = tbl:tag('tr')

if index == 1 and args.imageleft then
row
:tag('td')
:addClass('noviewer')
:addClass('navbox-image')
:addClass(args.imageclass)
:css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width
:css('padding', '0px 2px 0px 0px')
:cssText(args.imageleftstyle)
:attr('rowspan', #listnums)
:tag('div')
:wikitext(processItem(args.imageleft))
end

if args['group' .. listnum] then
local groupCell = row:tag('th')

-- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above
if listnum == 1 and not (args.title or args.above or args.group2) then
groupCell
:attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args.group1))
end

groupCell
:attr('scope', 'row')
:addClass('navbox-group')
:addClass(args.groupclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:css('width', args.groupwidth or '1%') -- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width

groupCell
:cssText(args.groupstyle)
:cssText(args['group' .. listnum .. 'style'])
:wikitext(args['group' .. listnum])
end

local listCell = row:tag('td')

if args['group' .. listnum] then
listCell
:css('text-align', 'left')
:css('border-left-width', '2px')
:css('border-left-style', 'solid')
else
listCell:attr('colspan', 2)
end

if not args.groupwidth then
listCell:css('width', '100%')
end

local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing
if index % 2 == 1 then
rowstyle = args.oddstyle
else
rowstyle = args.evenstyle
end

local listText = args['list' .. listnum]
local oddEven = ODD_EVEN_MARKER
if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then
-- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row.
oddEven = listText:find('<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"') and RESTART_MARKER or 'odd'
end
listCell
:css('padding', '0px')
:cssText(args.liststyle)
:cssText(rowstyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. listnum .. 'style'])
:addClass('navbox-list')
:addClass('navbox-' .. oddEven)
:addClass(args.listclass)
:addClass(args['list' .. listnum .. 'class'])
:tag('div')
:css('padding', (index == 1 and args.list1padding) or args.listpadding or '0em 0.25em')
:wikitext(processItem(listText, args.nowrapitems))

if index == 1 and args.image then
row
:tag('td')
:addClass('noviewer')
:addClass('navbox-image')
:addClass(args.imageclass)
:css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width
:css('padding', '0px 0px 0px 2px')
:cssText(args.imagestyle)
:attr('rowspan', #listnums)
:tag('div')
:wikitext(processItem(args.image))
end
end

--
-- Tracking categories
--

local function needsHorizontalLists()
if border == 'subgroup' or args.tracking == 'no' then
return false
end
local listClasses = {
['plainlist'] = true, ['hlist'] = true, ['hlist hnum'] = true,
['hlist hwrap'] = true, ['hlist vcard'] = true, ['vcard hlist'] = true,
['hlist vevent'] = true,
}
return not (listClasses[args.listclass] or listClasses[args.bodyclass])
end

local function hasBackgroundColors()
for _, key in ipairs({'titlestyle', 'groupstyle', 'basestyle', 'abovestyle', 'belowstyle'}) do
if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then
return true
end
end
end

local function hasBorders()
for _, key in ipairs({'groupstyle', 'basestyle', 'abovestyle', 'belowstyle'}) do
if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then
return true
end
end
end

local function isIllegible()
local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio

for key, style in pairs(args) do
if tostring(key):match("style$") then
if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then
return true
end
end
end
return false
end

local function getTrackingCategories()
local cats = {}
if needsHorizontalLists() then table.insert(cats, 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists') end
if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, 'Navboxes using background colours') end
if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, 'Potentially illegible navboxes') end
if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, 'Navboxes using borders') end
return cats
end

local function renderTrackingCategories(builder)
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space
local subpage = title.subpageText
if subpage == 'doc' or subpage == 'sandbox' or subpage == 'testcases' then return end

for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories()) do
builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]')
end
end

--
-- Main navbox tables
--
local function renderMainTable()
local tbl = mw.html.create('table')
:addClass('nowraplinks')
:addClass(args.bodyclass)

if args.title and (args.state ~= 'plain' and args.state ~= 'off') then
if args.state == 'collapsed' then args.state = 'mw-collapsed' end
tbl
:addClass('mw-collapsible')
:addClass(args.state or 'autocollapse')
end

tbl:css('border-spacing', 0)
if border == 'subgroup' or border == 'none' then
tbl
:addClass('navbox-subgroup')
:cssText(args.bodystyle)
:cssText(args.style)
else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table
tbl
:addClass('navbox-inner')
:css('background', 'transparent')
:css('color', 'inherit')
end
tbl:cssText(args.innerstyle)

renderTitleRow(tbl)
renderAboveRow(tbl)
for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do
renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum)
end
renderBelowRow(tbl)

return tbl
end

function p._navbox(navboxArgs)
args = navboxArgs
listnums = {}

for k, _ in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'string' then
local listnum = k:match('^list(%d+)$')
if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end
end
end
table.sort(listnums)

border = mw.text.trim(args.border or args[1] or '')
if border == 'child' then
border = 'subgroup'
end

-- render the main body of the navbox
local tbl = renderMainTable()

-- render the appropriate wrapper around the navbox, depending on the border param
local res = mw.html.create()
if border == 'none' then
local nav = res:tag('div')
:attr('role', 'navigation')
:node(tbl)
-- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group
if args.title or args.above or (args.group1 and not args.group2) then
nav:attr('aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args.title or args.above or args.group1))
else
nav:attr('aria-label', 'Navbox')
end
elseif border == 'subgroup' then
-- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a parent navbox, and is
-- therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. We start with a </div> to avoid the
-- padding being applied, and at the end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div>
res
:wikitext('</div>')
:node(tbl)
:wikitext('<div>')
else
local nav = res:tag('div')
:attr('role', 'navigation')
:addClass('navbox')
:addClass(args.navboxclass)
:cssText(args.bodystyle)
:cssText(args.style)
:css('padding', '3px')
:node(tbl)
-- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group
if args.title or args.above or (args.group1 and not args.group2) then
nav:attr('aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args.title or args.above or args.group1))
else
nav:attr('aria-label', 'Navbox')
end
end

if (args.nocat or 'false'):lower() == 'false' then
renderTrackingCategories(res)
end
return striped(tostring(res))
end

function p.navbox(frame)
if not getArgs then
getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
end
args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {'Template:Navbox'}})

-- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references number in the right order.
local _
_ = args.title
_ = args.above
for i = 1, 20 do
_ = args["group" .. tostring(i)]
_ = args["list" .. tostring(i)]
end
_ = args.below

return p._navbox(args)
end

return p

Module:Message box

2021-08-09T10:23:30Z

User: 1 revision imported

-- This is a meta-module for producing message box templates, including
-- {{mbox}}, {{ambox}}, {{imbox}}, {{tmbox}}, {{ombox}}, {{cmbox}} and {{fmbox}}.

-- Load necessary modules.
require('Module:No globals')
local getArgs
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Get a language object for formatDate and ucfirst.
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()

-- Define constants
local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration'
local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getTitleObject(...)
-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall
-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.
local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
if success then
return title
end
end

local function union(t1, t2)
-- Returns the union of two arrays.
local vals = {}
for i, v in ipairs(t1) do
vals[v] = true
end
for i, v in ipairs(t2) do
vals[v] = true
end
local ret = {}
for k in pairs(vals) do
table.insert(ret, k)
end
table.sort(ret)
return ret
end

local function getArgNums(args, prefix)
local nums = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
if num then
table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))
end
end
table.sort(nums)
return nums
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Box class definition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local MessageBox = {}
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox

function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)
args = args or {}
local obj = {}

-- Set the title object and the namespace.
obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

-- Set the config for our box type.
obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]
if not obj.cfg then
local ns = obj.title.namespace
-- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input
if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then
-- implement demospace parameter of mbox
local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace)
if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then
-- use template from DEMOSPACES
obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]]
elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then
-- demo as a talk page
obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox
else
-- default to ombox
obj.cfg = cfg.ombox
end
elseif ns == 0 then
obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace
elseif ns == 6 then
obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace
elseif ns == 14 then
obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace
else
local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]
if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then
obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace
else
obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input
end
end
end

-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones
-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.
do
local newArgs = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if v ~= '' then
newArgs[k] = v
end
end
for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do
newArgs[param] = args[param]
end
obj.args = newArgs
end

-- Define internal data structure.
obj.categories = {}
obj.classes = {}
-- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]].
obj.hasCategories = false

return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)
end

function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)
if not cat then
return nil
end
if sort then
cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort)
else
cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
end
self.hasCategories = true
self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}
table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)
end

function MessageBox:addClass(class)
if not class then
return nil
end
table.insert(self.classes, class)
end

function MessageBox:setParameters()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

-- Get type data.
self.type = args.type
local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]
self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError
and self.type
and not typeData
typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]
self.typeClass = typeData.class
self.typeImage = typeData.image

-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.
self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST'

-- Find whether we are using a small message box.
self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (
cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam
or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)
)

-- Add attributes, classes and styles.
self.id = args.id
self.name = args.name
if self.name then
self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_'))
end
if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then
self:addClass('plainlinks')
end
for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do
self:addClass(class)
end
if self.isSmall then
self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small')
end
self:addClass(self.typeClass)
self:addClass(args.class)
self.style = args.style
self.attrs = args.attrs

-- Set text style.
self.textstyle = args.textstyle

-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only
-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory
-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.
self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields
or cfg.templateCategory
and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName
then
if self.name then
local templateName = mw.ustring.match(
self.name,
'^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$'
) or self.name
templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName
self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)
end
self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle
and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)
end

-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only
-- used in {{ambox}}.
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
-- Get the self.issue value.
if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then
self.issue = args.smalltext
else
local sect
if args.sect == '' then
sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page')
elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then
sect = 'This ' .. args.sect
end
local issue = args.issue
issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil
local text = args.text
text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil
local issues = {}
table.insert(issues, sect)
table.insert(issues, issue)
table.insert(issues, text)
self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ')
end

-- Get the self.talk value.
local talk = args.talk
-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk
-- parameter is blank.
if talk == ''
and self.templateTitle
and (
mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)
or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)
)
then
talk = '#'
elseif talk == '' then
talk = nil
end
if talk then
-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else
-- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk
-- page of the current page with that section heading.
local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)
local talkArgIsTalkPage = true
if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then
talkArgIsTalkPage = false
talkTitle = getTitleObject(
self.title.text,
mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id
)
end
if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then
local talkText
if self.isSmall then
local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk)
talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink)
else
talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on'
if talkArgIsTalkPage then
talkText = string.format(
'%s [[%s|%s]].',
talkText,
talk,
talkTitle.prefixedText
)
else
talkText = string.format(
'%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].',
talkText,
talkTitle.prefixedText,
talk
)
end
end
self.talk = talkText
end
end

-- Get other values.
self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil
local date
if args.date and args.date ~= '' then
date = args.date
elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then
date = lang:formatDate('F Y')
end
if date then
self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'>''(<span class='date'>%s</span>)''</span>", date)
end
self.info = args.info
if yesno(args.removalnotice) then
self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice
end
end

-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box
-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.
if self.isSmall then
self.text = args.smalltext or args.text
else
self.text = args.text
end

-- Set the below row.
self.below = cfg.below and args.below

-- General image settings.
self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv
self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell
if cfg.imageEmptyCellStyle then
self.imageEmptyCellStyle = 'border:none;padding:0;width:1px'
end

-- Left image settings.
local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image
if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none'
or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none'
then
self.imageLeft = imageLeft
if not imageLeft then
local imageSize = self.isSmall
and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px')
or '40x40px'
self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage
or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize)
end
end

-- Right image settings.
local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright
if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then
self.imageRight = imageRight
end
end

function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then
return nil
end

local nums = {}
for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do
args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix]
nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))
end

-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.
local date = args.date
date = type(date) == 'string' and date
local preposition = 'from'
for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)]
or args['category' .. tostring(num)]
local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)]
mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat
allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat
if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then
local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date)
self:addCat(0, catTitle)
catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle)
if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then
self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template')
end
elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then
self:addCat(0, mainCat)
end
if allCat then
self:addCat(0, allCat)
end
end
end

function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

-- Add template categories.
if cfg.templateCategory then
if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then
if self.isTemplatePage then
self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
end
elseif not self.title.isSubpage then
self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
end
end

-- Add template error categories.
if cfg.templateErrorCategory then
local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory
local templateCat, templateSort
if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
elseif self.isTemplatePage then
local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}
local count = 0
for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do
if not args[param] then
count = count + 1
end
end
if count > 0 then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
templateSort = tostring(count)
end
if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
templateSort = 'C'
end
end
self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)
end
end

function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()
-- Set categories for all namespaces.
if self.invalidTypeError then
local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText
self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort)
end
if self.isSubstituted then
self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates')
end
end

function MessageBox:setCategories()
if self.title.namespace == 0 then
self:setMainspaceCategories()
elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then
self:setTemplateCategories()
end
self:setAllNamespaceCategories()
end

function MessageBox:renderCategories()
if not self.hasCategories then
-- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so,
-- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string.
-- So we shortcut and return the empty string.
return ""
end
-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through
-- [[Module:Category handler]].
return require('Module:Category handler')._main{
main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),
template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),
all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),
nocat = self.args.nocat,
page = self.args.page
}
end

function MessageBox:export()
local root = mw.html.create()

-- Add the subst check error.
if self.isSubstituted and self.name then
root:tag('b')
:addClass('error')
:wikitext(string.format(
'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.',
mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}')
))
end

-- Create the box table.
local boxTable = root:tag('table')
boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil)
for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do
boxTable:addClass(class or nil)
end
boxTable
:cssText(self.style or nil)
:attr('role', 'presentation')

if self.attrs then
boxTable:attr(self.attrs)
end

-- Add the left-hand image.
local row = boxTable:tag('tr')
if self.imageLeft then
local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image')
if self.imageCellDiv then
-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image
-- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the
-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,
-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.
imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px')
end
imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)
elseif self.imageEmptyCell then
-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and
-- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are
-- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width
-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width."
row:tag('td')
:addClass('mbox-empty-cell')
:cssText(self.imageEmptyCellStyle or nil)
end

-- Add the text.
local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text')
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be
-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.
textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div')
textCellDiv
:addClass('mbox-text-span')
:wikitext(self.issue or nil)
if (self.talk or self.fix) then
textCellDiv:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil)
:wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil)
end
textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil)
if self.info and not self.isSmall then
textCellDiv
:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil)
end
if self.removalNotice then
textCellDiv:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:tag('i')
:wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice))
end
else
-- Default text formatting - anything goes.
textCell
:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
:wikitext(self.text or nil)
end

-- Add the right-hand image.
if self.imageRight then
local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright')
if self.imageCellDiv then
-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image
-- is inside it.
imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):css('width', '52px')
end
imageRightCell
:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)
end

-- Add the below row.
if self.below then
boxTable:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2')
:addClass('mbox-text')
:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
:wikitext(self.below or nil)
end

-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.
if self.invalidTypeError then
root:tag('div')
:css('text-align', 'center')
:wikitext(string.format(
'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.',
self.type or ''
))
end

-- Add categories.
root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)

return tostring(root)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p, mt = {}, {}

function p._exportClasses()
-- For testing.
return {
MessageBox = MessageBox
}
end

function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)
local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE))
box:setParameters()
box:setCategories()
return box:export()
end

function mt.__index(t, k)
return function (frame)
if not getArgs then
getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
end
return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))
end
end

return setmetatable(p, mt)

Module:Sidebar

2021-08-09T10:23:30Z

User: 1 revision imported

--
-- This module implements {{Sidebar}}
--
require('Module:No globals')
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Sidebar/configuration')

local p = {}

local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

--[[
Categorizes calling templates and modules with a 'style' parameter of any sort
for tracking to convert to TemplateStyles.

TODO after a long cleanup: Catch sidebars in other namespaces than Template and Module.
TODO would probably want to remove /log and /archive as CS1 does
]]
local function categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args)
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if title.namespace ~= 10 and title.namespace ~= 828 then return '' end
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.i18n.pattern.uncategorized_conversion_titles) do
if title.text:match(pattern) then return '' end
end

for key, _ in pairs(args) do
if mw.ustring.find(key, cfg.i18n.pattern.style_conversion) or key == 'width' then
return cfg.i18n.category.conversion
end
end
end

--[[
For compatibility with the original {{sidebar with collapsible lists}}
implementation, which passed some parameters through {{#if}} to trim their
whitespace. This also triggered the automatic newline behavior.
]]
-- See ([[meta:Help:Newlines and spaces#Automatic newline]])
local function trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(s)
s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1")
if mw.ustring.find(s, '^[#*:;]') or mw.ustring.find(s, '^{|') then
return '\n' .. s
else
return s
end
end

--[[
Finds whether a sidebar has a subgroup sidebar.
]]
local function hasSubgroup(s)
if mw.ustring.find(s, cfg.i18n.pattern.subgroup) then
return true
else
return false
end
end

--[[
Main sidebar function. Takes the frame, args, and an optional collapsibleClass.
The collapsibleClass is and should be used only for sidebars with collapsible
lists, as in p.collapsible.
]]
function p.sidebar(frame, args, collapsibleClass)
if not args then
args = getArgs(frame)
end
local root = mw.html.create()
local child = args.child and mw.text.trim(args.child) == cfg.i18n.child_yes

root = root:tag('table')
if not child then
root
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.sidebar)
-- force collapsibleclass to be sidebar-collapse otherwise output nothing
:addClass(collapsibleClass == cfg.i18n.class.collapse and cfg.i18n.class.collapse or nil)
:addClass('nomobile')
:addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_none and cfg.i18n.class.float_none or nil)
:addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_left and cfg.i18n.class.float_left or nil)
:addClass(args.wraplinks ~= cfg.i18n.wrap_true and cfg.i18n.class.wraplinks or nil)
:addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class)
:css('width', args.width or nil)
:cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style)

if args.outertitle then
root
:tag('caption')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.outer_title)
:addClass(args.outertitleclass)
:cssText(args.outertitlestyle)
:wikitext(args.outertitle)
end

if args.topimage then
local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td')

imageCell
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_image)
:addClass(args.topimageclass)
:cssText(args.topimagestyle)
:wikitext(args.topimage)

if args.topcaption then
imageCell
:tag('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_caption)
:cssText(args.topcaptionstyle)
:wikitext(args.topcaption)
end
end

if args.pretitle then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(args.topimage and cfg.i18n.class.pretitle_with_top_image
or cfg.i18n.class.pretitle)
:addClass(args.pretitleclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.pretitlestyle)
:wikitext(args.pretitle)
end
else
root
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.subgroup)
:addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class)
:cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style)
end

if args.title then
if child then
root
:wikitext(args.title)
else
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:addClass(args.pretitle and cfg.i18n.class.title_with_pretitle
or cfg.i18n.class.title)
:addClass(args.titleclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.titlestyle)
:wikitext(args.title)
end
end

if args.image then
local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td')

imageCell
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.image)
:addClass(args.imageclass)
:cssText(args.imagestyle)
:wikitext(args.image)

if args.caption then
imageCell
:tag('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.caption)
:cssText(args.captionstyle)
:wikitext(args.caption)
end
end

if args.above then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.above)
:addClass(args.aboveclass)
:cssText(args.abovestyle)
:newline() -- newline required for bullet-points to work
:wikitext(args.above)
end

local rowNums = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
k = '' .. k
local num = k:match('^heading(%d+)$') or k:match('^content(%d+)$')
if num then table.insert(rowNums, tonumber(num)) end
end
table.sort(rowNums)
-- remove duplicates from the list (e.g. 3 will be duplicated if both heading3
-- and content3 are specified)
for i = #rowNums, 1, -1 do
if rowNums[i] == rowNums[i - 1] then
table.remove(rowNums, i)
end
end

for i, num in ipairs(rowNums) do
local heading = args['heading' .. num]
if heading then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('th')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.heading)
:addClass(args.headingclass)
:addClass(args['heading' .. num .. 'class'])
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.headingstyle)
:cssText(args['heading' .. num .. 'style'])
:newline()
:wikitext(heading)
end

local content = args['content' .. num]
if content then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(hasSubgroup(content) and cfg.i18n.class.content_with_subgroup
or cfg.i18n.class.content)
:addClass(args.contentclass)
:addClass(args['content' .. num .. 'class'])
:cssText(args.contentstyle)
:cssText(args['content' .. num .. 'style'])
:newline()
:wikitext(content)
:done()
-- Without a linebreak after the </td>, a nested list like
-- "* {{hlist| ...}}" doesn't parse correctly.
:newline()
end
end

if args.below then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.below)
:addClass(args.belowclass)
:cssText(args.belowstyle)
:newline()
:wikitext(args.below)
end

if not child then
if args.navbar ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_none and args.navbar ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_off and
(args.name or frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.sandbox, '') ~=
cfg.i18n.title_not_to_add_navbar) then
root
:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.navbar)
:cssText(args.navbarstyle)
:wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{
args.name,
mini = 1,
fontstyle = args.navbarfontstyle
})
end
end

local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.templatestyles }
}

local templatestyles = ''
if args['templatestyles'] and args['templatestyles'] ~= '' then
templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] }
}
end

local child_templatestyles = ''
if args['child templatestyles'] and args['child templatestyles'] ~= '' then
child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] }
}
end

local grandchild_templatestyles = ''
if args['grandchild templatestyles'] and args['grandchild templatestyles'] ~= '' then
grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] }
}
end

return table.concat({
base_templatestyles,
templatestyles,
child_templatestyles,
grandchild_templatestyles,
tostring(root),
(child and cfg.i18n.category.child or ''),
categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args)
})
end

local function list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num)

local title_text = trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num .. 'title']
or cfg.i18n.default_list_title)

local title
if is_centered_list_titles then
-- collapsible can be finicky, so provide some CSS/HTML to support
title = mw.html.create('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title_centered)
:wikitext(title_text)
else
title = mw.html.create()
:wikitext(title_text)
end

local title_container = mw.html.create('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title)
-- don't /need/ a listnumtitleclass because you can do
-- .templateclass .listnumclass .sidebar-list-title
:addClass(args.listtitleclass)
:cssText(args.basestyle)
:cssText(args.listtitlestyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'titlestyle'])
:node(title)
:done()

return title_container
end

--[[
Main entry point for sidebar with collapsible lists.
Does the work of creating the collapsible lists themselves and including them
into the args.
]]
function p.collapsible(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)
if not args.name and
frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.collapse_sandbox, '') ==
cfg.i18n.collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar then
args.navbar = cfg.i18n.navbar_none
end

local contentArgs = {}

local is_centered_list_titles
if args['centered list titles'] and args['centered list titles'] ~= '' then
is_centered_list_titles = true
else
is_centered_list_titles = false
end

for k, v in pairs(args) do
local num = string.match(k, '^list(%d+)$')
if num then
local expand = args.expanded and
(args.expanded == 'all' or args.expanded == args['list' .. num .. 'name'])
local row = mw.html.create('div')
row
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list)
:addClass('mw-collapsible')
:addClass((not expand) and 'mw-collapsed' or nil)
:addClass(args['list' .. num .. 'class'])
:cssText(args.listframestyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'framestyle'])
:node(list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num))
:tag('div')
:addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_content)
:addClass('mw-collapsible-content')
-- don't /need/ a listnumstyleclass because you can do
-- .templatename .listnumclass .sidebar-list
:addClass(args.listclass)
:cssText(args.liststyle)
:cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'style'])
:wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num]))

contentArgs['content' .. num] = tostring(row)
end
end

for k, v in pairs(contentArgs) do
args[k] = v
end

return p.sidebar(frame, args, cfg.i18n.class.collapse)
end

return p

Module:Unsubst

2021-08-09T10:23:30Z

User: 1 revision imported

local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType

local p = {}

local BODY_PARAM = '$B'

local specialParams = {
['$params'] = 'parameter list',
['$aliases'] = 'parameter aliases',
['$flags'] = 'flags',
['$B'] = 'template content'
}

function p.main(frame, body)
-- If we are substing, this function returns a template invocation, and if
-- not, it returns the template body. The template body can be specified in
-- the body parameter, or in the template parameter defined in the
-- BODY_PARAM variable. This function can be called from Lua or from
-- #invoke.

-- Return the template body if we aren't substing.
if not mw.isSubsting() then
if body ~= nil then
return body
elseif frame.args[BODY_PARAM] ~= nil then
return frame.args[BODY_PARAM]
else
error(string.format(
"no template content specified (use parameter '%s' from #invoke)",
BODY_PARAM
), 2)
end
end

-- Sanity check for the frame object.
if type(frame) ~= 'table'
or type(frame.getParent) ~= 'function'
or not frame:getParent()
then
error(
"argument #1 to 'main' must be a frame object with a parent " ..
"frame available",
2
)
end

-- Find the invocation name.
local mTemplateInvocation = require('Module:Template invocation')
local name = mTemplateInvocation.name(frame:getParent():getTitle())

-- Combine passed args with passed defaults
local args = {}
if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*override%s*,' ) then
for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do
args[k] = v
end
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
if not specialParams[k] then
if v == '__DATE__' then
v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' )
end
args[k] = v
end
end
else
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
if not specialParams[k] then
if v == '__DATE__' then
v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' )
end
args[k] = v
end
end
for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do
args[k] = v
end
end

-- Trim parameters, if not specified otherwise
if not string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*keep%-whitespace%s*,' ) then
for k, v in pairs( args ) do args[k] = mw.ustring.match(v, '^%s*(.*)%s*$') or '' end
end

-- Pull information from parameter aliases
local aliases = {}
if frame.args['$aliases'] then
local list = mw.text.split( frame.args['$aliases'], '%s*,%s*' )
for k, v in ipairs( list ) do
local tmp = mw.text.split( v, '%s*>%s*' )
aliases[tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[1], '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or tmp[1]] = ((tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[2], '^[1-9][0-9]*$'))) or tmp[2])
end
end
for k, v in pairs( aliases ) do
if args[k] and ( not args[v] or args[v] == '' ) then
args[v] = args[k]
end
args[k] = nil
end

-- Remove empty parameters, if specified
if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*remove%-empty%s*,' ) then
local tmp = 0
for k, v in ipairs( args ) do
if v ~= '' or ( args[k+1] and args[k+1] ~= '' ) or ( args[k+2] and args[k+2] ~= '' ) then
tmp = k
else
break
end
end
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if v == '' then
if not (type(k) == 'number' and k < tmp) then args[k] = nil end
end
end
end

-- Order parameters
if frame.args['$params'] then
local params, tmp = mw.text.split( frame.args['$params'], '%s*,%s*' ), {}
for k, v in ipairs(params) do
v = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(v, '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or v
if args[v] then tmp[v], args[v] = args[v], nil end
end
for k, v in pairs(args) do tmp[k], args[k] = args[k], nil end
args = tmp
end

return mTemplateInvocation.invocation(name, args)
end

p[''] = p.main -- For backwards compatibility

return p

Module:Hatnote

2021-08-09T10:23:30Z

User: 1 revision imported

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Module:Hatnote --
-- --
-- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It --
-- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes --
-- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType
local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg
local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]]
local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]]

local p = {}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getArgs(frame)
-- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and
-- blanks are removed.
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true})
end

local function removeInitialColon(s)
-- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present.
return s:match('^:?(.*)')
end

function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon)
-- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This
-- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons
-- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon
-- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false.
checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string')
checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true)
if removeColon ~= false then
link = removeInitialColon(link)
end
local namespace = link:match('^(.-):')
if namespace then
local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace]
if nsTable then
return nsTable.id
end
end
return 0
end

function p.formatPages(...)
-- Formats a list of pages using formatLink and returns it as an array. Nil
-- values are not allowed.
local pages = {...}
local ret = {}
for i, page in ipairs(pages) do
ret[i] = p._formatLink{link = page}
end
return ret
end

function p.formatPageTables(...)
-- Takes a list of page/display tables and returns it as a list of
-- formatted links. Nil values are not allowed.
local pages = {...}
local links = {}
for i, t in ipairs(pages) do
checkType('formatPageTables', i, t, 'table')
local link = t[1]
local display = t[2]
links[i] = p._formatLink{link = link, display = display}
end
return links
end

function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title)
-- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If
-- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from
-- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category
-- is added.
checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string')
checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true)
yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
-- Make the help link text.
local helpText
if helpLink then
helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])'
else
helpText = ''
end
-- Make the category text.
local category
if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages
and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace
and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out
then
category = 'Hatnote templates with errors'
category = string.format(
'[[%s:%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
category
)
else
category = ''
end
return string.format(
'<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s',
msg,
helpText,
category
)
end

function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator)
-- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical,
-- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)".
checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string')
checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true)
disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation'
return string.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Format link
--
-- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped
-- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed
-- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in
-- the {{format link}} template.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.formatLink(frame)
-- The formatLink export function, for use in templates.
yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local args = getArgs(frame)
local link = args[1]
if not link then
return p.makeWikitextError(
'no link specified',
'Template:Format link#Errors',
args.category
)
end
return p._formatLink{
link = link,
display = args[2],
italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage),
italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection),
}
end

local function italicize(s)
-- Italicize a string.
return '<i>' .. s .. '</i>'
end

local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize)
-- italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true.
if s and shouldItalicize then
return italicize(s)
else
return s
end
end

local function parseLink(link)
-- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components.
-- These components are:
-- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present)
-- - page: the page name (always present)
-- - section: the page name (may be nil)
-- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil)
link = removeInitialColon(link)

-- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic
-- word.
local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$')
link = prePipe or link

-- Find the page, if it exists.
-- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil.
local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$')
local page
if not preHash then
-- We have a link like [[Foo]].
page = link
elseif preHash ~= '' then
-- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]].
page = preHash
end

-- Find the section, if it exists.
local section
if postHash and postHash ~= '' then
section = postHash
end

return {
link = link,
page = page,
section = section,
display = display,
}
end

function p._formatLink(options)
-- The formatLink export function, for use in modules.
checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table')
checkTypeForNamedArg('_formatLink', 'link', options.link, 'string', false)
checkTypeForNamedArg(
'_formatLink',
'display',
options.display,
'string',
true
)
checkTypeForNamedArg(
'_formatLink',
'italicizePage',
options.italicizePage,
'boolean',
true
)
checkTypeForNamedArg(
'_formatLink',
'italicizeSection',
options.italicizeSection,
'boolean',
true
)

local parsed = parseLink(options.link)
local display = options.display or parsed.display

-- Deal with the case where we don't have to pipe the link
if not display and not parsed.section and not options.italicizePage then
return string.format('[[:%s]]', parsed.link)
end

-- Find the display text for piped links
if not display then
local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage)
local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection)
if not page then
display = string.format('§ %s', section)
elseif section then
display = string.format('%s § %s', page, section)
else
display = page
end
end

return string.format('[[:%s|%s]]', parsed.link, display)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Hatnote
--
-- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.hatnote(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)
local s = args[1]
local options = {}
if not s then
return p.makeWikitextError(
'no text specified',
'Template:Hatnote#Errors',
args.category
)
end
options.extraclasses = args.extraclasses
options.selfref = args.selfref
return p._hatnote(s, options)
end

function p._hatnote(s, options)
checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string')
checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true)
options = options or {}
local classes = {'hatnote', 'navigation-not-searchable'}
local extraclasses = options.extraclasses
local selfref = options.selfref
if type(extraclasses) == 'string' then
classes[#classes + 1] = extraclasses
end
if selfref then
classes[#classes + 1] = 'selfref'
end
return string.format(
'%s<div role="note" class="%s">%s</div>',
mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' }
},
table.concat(classes, ' '),
s
)
end

return p

Module:Citation

2021-08-09T10:23:30Z

User: 1 revision imported

error('This module is retained for historical and structural reasons; consider using [[Module:Citation/CS1]].')

Roleplay Safety Systems

2021-07-06T02:47:54Z

User:

===Introduction===

'''PLEASE NOTE: The roleplay safety tools addressed here are for use in any roleplay area on the ShadowHaven, including a GM's table and any Haven Discord Channel labeled as 'IC'. They are not to be used in an out of character situation.'''

Shadowrun is a dark setting that explores a lot of gritty themes, including sexual and violent themes, that not everyone will be comfortable with. While we want to have the freedom to explore these themes in our shared world, we do not want to exclude anyone or make them uncomfortable. For this reason, ShadowHaven is implementing a number of safety tools that can be used by GMs, players, and viewers to make sure that this is a Living Community that all of us can enjoy.

===Enforcement of Safety Tools on the ShadowHaven===

If a safety tool is played and is given no heed, please reach out to moderation so that they can help to ensure that these tools are used. In an ideal world, this would not be necessary, but it may become so. Our moderation staff is here to ensure that ''you'' are comfortable with playing here on the ShadowHaven. If at any time you are uncomfortable, then please reach out to @moderation on Discord, or @Ombuds and Advocates.

===The X-Card===

The X-card is a simple tool that we have been using for a long time on the Haven. At any point, any person involved in the run (meaning GM, player or listener) can message or say “X” or in any way communicate “X” to the GM. The GM is then responsible for stopping the scene at that moment. A break is taken and the item being X-carded is either skipped over or edited out. No explanation need be given, but if the person playing the card wishes to share, they may. At times, it may be difficult to understand what was X-carded. If this occurs, it is up to the person that played the card if they want to share, otherwise the GM will ret-con or edit parts or the entirety of a scene.

[[The X-Card: A Guide for ShadowHaven GMs|Before each run, GMs should introduce this tool using language similar to the sample script listed here, or any script that introduces all elements of the use of the X-card.]]

===The Consent Flower/Streetlight System===

This is a new one for the Haven, but will help us to run better games for everyone involved. The consent flower uses three colors: Green, Yellow and Red, which has led to the nickname “Streetlight system”. However, it is much more. On top of being a way to say “no, I don’t like that,” it is also a way to say, “I do like that,” or “I want more of that.” Each of the three colors indicates varying levels of consent:

*Green: I am okay with the current scene and would be okay with pushing this scene farther. This does ''not'' mean a scene ''has'' to be pushed further, only that the person is okay with it and would like it to happen if everyone else at the table is comfortable with it..
*Yellow: I am okay with the current scene, but do not desire it to be pushed beyond where it is now.
*Red: The current scene is making me uncomfortable. Please pull it back a bit or skip it.

GMs should be using this at their table to ensure the comfort levels of their players, especially when topics come up that are dark or gritty in nature. A GM, Player, Thematics member, moderator, ombud or Listener can play a Consent card at any time by messaging the person they wish to address. This can be done in a whisper, on Discord, or by voice. Any person that receives one of these cards is expected to immediately follow the level of consent indicated.

GMs who can are encouraged to have a Red, Yellow and Green deck that they or a player can play. Instructions should be given to players on how this can be done anonymously, by hovering over the deck, selecting the card that pops up and dragging that card to the table.

===Lines, Background Only and Veils===

Another new tool we are bringing online is Lines, Background and Veils. Shadowhaven is a bit limited since we do not have the traditional session zero where the tone of a setting is pre-negotiated. We modify the existing line and veil system and add Background Only.

*Line - A line is something that we do not wish to explore at all in our setting. For example, when we set trafficking of minors as a line, that is something that we don’t explore here and it doesn’t exist on Shadowhaven.
*Veil - A veil is a "pan away" or "fade to black" moment. When we veil something, we're making it a part of the story, but keeping it out of the spotlight. Think of it as a way to still deal with certain themes while avoiding having to describe them in graphic detail. For example, we can veil torture scenes and just say the event happened and have our characters react to it but we don’t need to cover the details of the torture.
*Background Only - Background Only content is allowed to be in character backstories and in the setup to a run, but the players should not be actively engaged with the content. For example, trafficking of adults is allowed in the context of a rescue run or a character background. However, it would indicate a wish not to directly be involved in the activity. For example, the rounding up of women in the barrens or the protecting of a truck moving metahumans would not be allowed.

Players are highly encouraged to list their personal Lines, Background Only and Veils on their wikipages.

====Global Lines, Background Only and Veils====

Shadowhaven sets some content as global for the whole LC.

*Lines: Trafficking of Minors, in-scene instances of sexual assault
*Veil: Prostitution, torture, overly gruesome kill descriptions
*Background Only: Mass Murder, Genocide, Trafficking of Adults, Minors as combatants/child solders.

[[Category:Player Safety]]

ShadowHaven Reloaded:Roleplay Safety Systems

2021-07-06T02:47:10Z

User: User moved page ShadowHaven:Roleplay Safety Systems to Roleplay Safety Systems over redirect

#REDIRECT [[Roleplay Safety Systems]]

Roleplay Safety Systems

2021-07-06T02:47:10Z

User: User moved page ShadowHaven:Roleplay Safety Systems to Roleplay Safety Systems over redirect

Charter

2021-07-06T02:45:27Z

User: /* Duties and Methods */

This Charter has been set forth to direct the community representing the ShadowHaven living Shadowrun campaign, to facilitate a mature community of Shadowrun players playing together in an accessible manner, to provide guidelines for a welcoming community with strong moderation, and to collaboratively tell and enjoy a compelling and engaging Shadowrun story.

We explicitly do not seek to maximize the number of people in our group, but to focus on making the group as fun and stress-free as possible. We do not accept antisocial behavior here. We seek to create a space where every member feels free to bring up issues that they may have and can expect civil dialog on the topic. We understand that the time and energy of our members is preciously limited and aim to make time spent here as joyous as possible. We set strong boundaries on the type of gameplay and community we expect while acknowledging and accepting that some may not fit with us. However, we are more than happy to play with anyone to see if there is a fit.


=Article I: Guiding Principles=

1. '''Freedom to pick''': GMs being free to choose their players and players being free to choose their GMs creates accountability on the part of all people involved to play the game in good faith.

2. '''Trust each other''': Our players and GMs can trust each other for anyone who dares violate that trust will be removed.

3. '''We’re Busy, Slot Paperwork''': Our member’s time is valuable. Any paperwork we ask for should be for world building, not administrative measures that attempt to guard community integrity with record keeping. Most our time should be spent playing games.

4. '''No pulled punches''': We will not implement policies that encourage pulled punches and sugarcoating of game content.

5. '''It's better to ban one than lose two''': The integrity of the community will be guarded.


6. '''Open Dialog''': Provide spaces to members to community their grievances, make sure they feel comfortable enough to share them.

7. '''Permissive, but not sugarcoated''': While we let our players play what they want, we will not sugar coat the world to make more oddball concepts work. We aim to achieve verisimilitude.

8. '''House rule philosophy''': We attempt to accept as much of Shadowrun 5E's raw as possible. If ambiguity gets in the way, we attempt to create house rules that preserve a version of Shadowrun 5E that is relatable to all players, especially new ones. We address problematic areas of the game like vehicle damage, melee with spirits, and addiction rules in ways that streamline and improve the player experience for a living community setting. We ban unsalvageable parts of the game.

=Article II: Organization Structure=

==Senior Staff==

#All Senior Staff may award GMP to achieve their departments goals.
#All Senior Staff awarded 10 GMP on the 1st of each month.
#All Senior Staff shall act as moderators.
#All Senior Staff may appoint deputies to their departments ranging in powers to normal member of their department to full powers of the senior staff member.
##Senior Staff members should work with the SysOp to determine deputy powers for their department and list them in the charter.

===Pre-Made Verification Division===
====Head of the Pre-Made Verification Division Duties and Powers====
1. Acts as a member of the senior staff.

2. Managed the [https://www.reddit.com/r/ShadowHavenPreMadeGen/ r/ShadowHavenPreMadeGen] subreddit

3. Approve submitted Pre-mades for Community and GM use, ensuring they meet ShadowHaven chargen rules.

4. Works with the Mechanics and Thematics Departments to rectify pre-mades with problems.

5. Denies unsuitable pre-mades.

6. Manages a team of minions to approve, review and deny pre-mades.

7. Sets GMP awards for the creation of pre-mades.

8. Sets standards of additional material to come with the pre-made beyond sheets.

=====Term Length=====
Term ends on the first day of an odd-numbered month.

===Moderation Division===
====Head Moderator Duties and Powers====
1. Acts as a member of the senior staff.

2. Interprets the community standards.

3. Brings cases that need a ban length longer than what the moderators can do to the sysop.

4. Recruits, interviews, and disciplines the moderator staff.

5. Reviews complaints about moderator staff.

6. Vetos moderator ban votes.

7. Issues Formal Warnings.

8. Modifies the [[Community Expectations]].

=====Term Length=====
Term ends on the first day of an odd-numbered month.

=====GMP Rewards=====
12 GMP on the 1st of every month.

====Individual Moderators Duties and Powers====

#At their own discretion, Informally Warn, Kick, or Mute members who are breaking community standards
#Mediate interpersonal conflicts
#Interview members when investigating cases
#Access to all ShadowHaven documents and chat channels when investigating cases
#Any moderator can issue up to a 3-day ban. Any two moderators can issue up to a two-week ban. Any 3 moderators can issue up to a one month ban. Any 4 moderators can issue up to a three-month ban. Any 5 moderators can issue up to a six-month ban.
##An except to this rule is in regards to raiders and trolls who join the server and immediately cause disruptive action. In these cases, a moderator may issue any actions including a permaban. This actions may be reversed by the Head of Moderation or the Sysop.
##Moderators should not wait to compose a thought out ban message or delay to issuing of a 3 day ban until they get a more moderators aboard to issue a longer ban.
#When taking any action, moderators must document their action and reasoning in the report form in order to document incidents.
#When issuing bans, moderators must inform the banned of their right to appeal the case to the sysop.
#Any 3 mods can issue a formal warning

===Division of the Wiki===
====Editor-at-Large for the Wiki====

#Maintain the wiki
#Help players, GMs and other members use the wiki
#Organize a division with members to accomplish their goals
#Works with the thematics division to ensure entries added to the wiki for GMP are of a high enough quality to be worth of that award. These include things like player AARs.
#Acts as a member of the senior staff

=====Term Length=====
Term ends on the first day of an odd-numbered month.

===Division of Publications===

====Editor-at-Large for Publications====

#Assist the SysOp with the development of new fan books for Shadowrun 5th edition
#Organize a division with members to accomplish their goals

=====Term Length=====
Term ends on the first day of an odd-numbered month.

==The Council (on Game Play)==
The 4 members of the council shall represent the heads of the following divisions:

*Mechanics

*Thematics

*Character Generation

*Shared Story

===Term Length===
Term ends on the first day of an odd-numbered month.

===Duties and Methods===
1. The Council, as a whole, shall work together to collaborate between the four divisions and their branches, facilitate open discussion and approve full house rules.

2. The Council, as a whole, may optionally move proposed house rules and policy changes to public comment for 1 to 4 weeks. They may then take those community comments to further refine the proposed house rule or policy change.

3. The Council, as a whole, shall work together to review and comment on issues raised by the community in the Topics for Discussion thread. The Topics for Discussion shall be pinned on the r/ShadowHavenBBS subreddit. If no action is taken, the council should comment as such. If action is taken, the action should be noted.

4. All council members may appoint deputies to their departments ranging in powers to normal member of their department to full powers of the senior staff member.

#Council members should work with the SysOp to determine deputy powers for their department and list them in the charter.

5. Council members shall act as moderators.

6. In the event of a tie, the SysOp shall have the following options. They may either 1) Modify the proposal in question to achieve a majority vote on the council. 2) Cast a tie breaking vote on the proposal in question.

===Division Head Descriptions===
====Mechanics Duties====
1. Review new Shadowrun content for use on ShadowHaven

2. Ban Shadowrun rules not fit for community play

3. Maintain the ShadowHaven experience that is a refined version of the Rules as Written and provide clear documentation on any house rules should they be required.

4. Review and approve mechanical changes proposed by Thematics in the form of State of Seattle posts and similar effects.

5. Review and approve the mechanical aspects of contacts.

6. Organize a department to perform the above duties.

====Thematics Duties====
1. Organize a department to manage and oversee the storylines of the Game Masters on ShadowHaven, ensuring maximum GM freedom while minimizing unwanted intersection of plotlines.

2. Resolve conflict between GMs in regards to the use of setting pieces.

3. Oversee presentation of post-mission consequences upon the world of the ShadowHaven living campaign to members of the community.

4. Investigate reports of GM misconduct.

5. Interview new GMs to ShadowHaven to see if they are fit for the community.

6. Organize the recording of run information in the form of wikipages.

7. Oversee the thematics of contacts.

8. Conduct investigations into GM misconduct.

9. Works with the wiki division to ensure entries added to the wiki for GMP are of a high enough quality to be worth of that award. These include things like player AARs.

====Character Generation Duties====
1. Ensure the ShadowHaven legality and adherence to rules of player characters proposed by members of the ShadowHaven living campaign.

2. Organize a department to offer constructive criticism of the concept and mechanicals of proposed player characters.

====Shared Story Loremaster Duties====

1. At the end of each month, read every AAR for that preceding month.

2. Call upon to GMs to submit AARs for the proceeding month

3. Seek out incomplete AARs of significant events in ShadowHaven’s lore

4. With this knowledge, update the story so far on the wiki with bullet points for that month.

5. Assist GMs, players, and the council with questions regarding ShadowHaven’s story

6. Note deviations from official CGL canon and present them clearly to the community

7. Organize a division with members to accomplish their goals

'''GMP Rewards'''

12 GMP on the 1st of every month.

==Sysop==

===Duties and Powers===
1. May modify the charter

2. Review ban appeals and nullifies or modify ban lengths and other punishments.

3. May arbitrarily increase the length of bans issued by moderation.

4. May issue permanent bans.

5. Censures players, GMs or staff.

6. Conduct technical upkeep on the community.

7. Resolve conflict between departments.

8. Interviews and appoints council members and senior staff to their respective terms.

9. May renew a council member or senior staff member to another term.

10. May dismiss a council member or senior staff member.

11. Modifies the [[Community Expectations]].

=Article III: GMP=
[[GMP]] must be carefully balanced to avoid building a progression focused culture and instead promote a culture that focuses on storytelling, the game, the community. As such, several policies are defined in this charter.

*Total GMP gained per member from all departments they are in is limited to 15 GMP/month.

=Article IV: Membership Rights=
==1: The Right Not to be Forced to Continue and Abandon or Cease Uncomfortable Scenes (Global X-Card)==

'''The ability to abandon or cease games or role play which makes any ShadowHaven member uncomfortable is a fundamental and protected right granted to members by the charter.'''

Shadowhaven shall treat the word “X-card” as a prearranged and unambiguous signal to end their game or roleplay without delay for any reason. This can be deployed both in voice chat, freeform RP and text based games. Members shall be able to deploy this safeword without retaliation.

Every ShadowHaven department is hereby directed to maintain policies to support any case where a player or GM uses this measure and promote the use of the “X-card” safeword across ShadowHaven, particularly among shy members. In particular, the thematics in their GM oversight role and moderation teams.

The “X-card” safeword may be activated via text, voice or PM. It may be used in the voice chat, private PM to the game master, or by messaging a member of the council, moderation team, or Shadow Haven Staff in private to request they step in and stop the game.. A member need not have made their discomfort known prior to using the X-card. Members may feel free to disconnect from the game before deploying this safeword. Members may use this in any way they feel most comfortable. Any means a member feels most comfortable with using are acceptable. If anonymity is requested when using the X-Card, it is to be protected.

ShadowHaven as an organization cares more about player safety than storylines. We have many tools at our disposal to ensure the storyline continues, but only after we have taken care of our priority towards player safety. This is not a tool of last resort, nor is it a replacement for other conversations around sensitive topics. However, we are exploring a dark world in a freeform fashion with complete strangers. We have complete trust in our members to explore these topics in a mature way. However, sometimes we stumble and need a safety net. This is especially true in our voice and text chat based environment where we do not have body language to detect discomfort.

The best response to the deployment of an “X-card” is to take a break and either talk to the involved parties or have a moderation/thematics member do it for you. The involved party shall need not reveal what is happening.

All members of the ShadowHaven community shall treat the use of the X-Card with respect and maturity. There shall be zero tolerance for hostile actions made in retaliation against someone for using the X-Card.

==2: Have a proposed denied by council or mechanics to be reviewed by the community at large.==

The Topics for Discussion thread, in the old days, was a place for public debate over the course of the community. With Discord, that has fallen to the way side, yet we consider this public stage for discussion the community to be vital. Thus, after going through the normal mechanics thread and council process, members may submit their proposals to the SysOp via the normal ticket process. If submitted in good faith, the sysop will make a discord channel for the public debate of that issue. 2 to 3 weeks after the start of that debate, the council will vote on the topic again with the knowledge gained from these discussions in mind. Please note, these discussions must be in good faith. Should the discussion spiral into toxicity, the sysop may cancel the public comment period.